2021 Annual Report to Stockholders
About the Company
Acadia is a leading provider of behavioral healthcare services across the United States. As of
December 31, 2021, Acadia operated a network of 238 behavioral healthcare facilities with approximately
10,500 beds in 40 states and Puerto Rico. With more than 22,500 employees serving approximately
70,000 patients daily, Acadia is the largest stand-alone behavioral health company in the U.S. Acadia
provides behavioral healthcare services to its patients in a variety of settings, including inpatient
psychiatric hospitals, specialty treatment facilities, residential treatment centers and outpatient clinics.
Financial Highlights
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
Adjusted EBITDA excluding income from provider relief fund (1)
Net income (loss) attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Adjusted income attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.(1)
Adjusted income attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
excluding income from provider relief fund (1)
Per diluted share:
Net income (loss) attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Adjusted income attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.(1)
Adjusted income attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
excluding income from provider relief fund (1)
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital
Property and equipment, net
Total assets
Total debt
Stockholders’ equity
(1) Please see page VII for a reconciliation of GAAP and non-GAAP results.
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
$ 2,314,394
558,721
$
540,821
$
$ 2,089,929
$
483,366
$ 450,547
$
$
190,635
245,054
$
$
(672,132)
246,330
$
232,010
$ 222,415
$
$
$
2.10
2.70
2.56
90,793
$
133,813
90,170
1,771,159
4,768,078
1,497,220
2,517,489
$
$
$
(7.59)
2.78
2.51
88,595
$
378,697
1,215,210
1,622,896
6,499,362
3,122,426
1,899,456
Fellow Stockholders
For Acadia, 2021 marked a year of significant growth and progress. While the past two years of the global COVID-19 pandemic
have presented unprecedented challenges for the healthcare industry, we continued to move forward in 2021 by executing
our strategy in a dynamic environment with favorable results. As always, we stayed true to our mission to provide high quality
care to our patients and support to the communities we serve. Notably, this mission has not wavered through the pandemic,
but has only grown in importance as more patients have entrusted Acadia for behavioral healthcare services. As the leading
pure play provider in the United States, we understand our critical role and the tremendous responsibility it brings. With our
scale and vision, we also see a significant opportunity to bring our treatment options to more communities and expand the
scope of services offered to patients and their families over time.
We remain focused on providing care with the highest standards of safety for our patients and the communities we serve.
Our facilities continue to manage through each stage of the pandemic using the same strict protocols that we have had in
place since 2020, with minimal disruption to patient volumes or operations. We are fortunate to have an experienced and
dedicated team of employees and clinicians across our operations who have continued to provide quality patient care for those
seeking treatment for mental health and substance use issues. We are extremely proud of our team of employees for their
unwavering support of our patients under extraordinary conditions. Our strong performance in 2021 reflects our ability to
manage our operations and execute our growth strategy despite a challenging environment.
Strong Demand Trends Continued to Drive Growth in 2021
As a leading provider of behavioral healthcare services, we have witnessed firsthand the societal and economic challenges
created by the COVID-19 pandemic, especially for those already struggling with mental health and substance use issues.
Studies have shown an alarming increase in anxiety and depression as well as a rise in substance abuse. At the same time,
we have seen a greater societal acceptance of treatment as prominent athletes, musicians, actors, and corporate leaders
have used their platforms to raise awareness and reduce the stigma associated with mental health treatment. As a result,
the demand for our services has continued to grow and remains very strong across each of our service lines.
For the year, revenue increased 10.7 percent to $2.3 billion compared with $2.1 billion in 2020. Same facility revenue
increased 10.9 percent for 2021, reflecting a 6.3 percent increase in revenue per patient day and a 4.3 percent increase
in patient days. We also continued to strengthen our financial position and reduce our debt, providing Acadia with ample
liquidity and capital to support our growth strategy. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $133.8 million in cash
and cash equivalents and $430 million available under its $600 million revolving credit facility. Our net leverage ratio was
approximately 2.4x. We remain focused on disciplined cost management across our operations and will continue to pursue
a capital allocation strategy that supports organic growth as well as opportunistic acquisitions.
Diverse Service Lines Provide a Distinct Competitive Advantage
With our 238 facilities across 40 states and Puerto Rico, Acadia is uniquely positioned with diversified service lines across all
areas of behavioral healthcare, including those with acute needs, substance use disorders, eating disorders, and co-occurring
disorders, among others, while treating patients of all ages. As such, we are well positioned to address the growing needs of
those seeking treatment across the care continuum. Our expansive national network of treatment facilities enables greater
access to care, allowing us to serve the diverse needs of patients, while maintaining a strong focus on the individual’s needs.
Our acute care service line offers the highest level of care and accounted for almost 50 percent of our total revenue in 2021.
We currently operate 49 inpatient acute psychiatric facilities across 20 states and Puerto Rico, and we continue to identify
opportunities to extend our market reach.
Our specialty business includes inpatient recovery facilities and outpatient programs focused on the treatment of addiction,
eating disorders, and other co-occurring mental disorders, providing individualized treatment in a safe environment. We
currently operate 36 specialty facilities across 14 states. We have a national clinical referral network that supports the
continued growth in this area of highly specialized treatment.
I
We also operate comprehensive treatment centers, or CTCs, which combine behavioral therapy and medication to treat
opioid use disorders in an outpatient setting. Acadia is the industry leader in medication-assisted treatment with 141 CTCs
across 32 states providing these much-needed services, which are especially relevant today as we continue to witness
escalating opioid use and a higher risk of overdoses.
Our residential treatment facilities, or RTCs, provide longer-term residential treatment for behavioral disorders in a non-
hospital setting, primarily for children and adolescents. We currently operate 12 RTCs across 10 states.
Each of these service lines enhance Acadia’s strong value proposition and support our mission to deliver high quality patient
care in every care setting.
Successful Execution of Strategy Through Four Pathways to Growth
In last year’s letter to stockholders, we shared our strategy for the future focused on four distinct pathways to growth across
our service lines. We are pleased with our progress over the past year, adding 681 beds to our network that now includes
approximately 10,500 beds as of December 31, 2021, and further solidifying our position as the leading pure-play behavioral
healthcare provider.
n Our first growth pathway and best return on our investment is through facility expansions. When we add beds to an existing
Acadia facility, we can not only meet the growth in demand in that specific market, but also leverage the existing cost
structure, which allows us to improve margins and profitability. In line with this strategy, the Company added 295 beds in
2021, extending our strong track record with almost 900 beds added over the past three years.
n Our second pathway to growth is through joint venture partnerships. Acadia is proud to join premier healthcare
providers across the country who already have a strong market presence and community support. We believe that
our partners select Acadia because of our strong, proven track record, reputation for high quality care, expertise in
behavioral healthcare and experience developing new facilities. Working together, we have the unique opportunity
to combine our expertise and resources to address an identified need for behavioral healthcare services in these
respective communities. We believe we share the same mission, values, and cultures as our partners.
In 2021, we announced six new joint venture partnerships to build seven new inpatient acute facilities across the
country. Our latest partners include Lutheran Health Network, a leading provider in Indiana; Geisinger Health,
an integrated system serving 45 counties in Pennsylvania; Bronson Healthcare, an integrated healthcare system
in Southwest Michigan; Orlando Health, one of Central Florida’s premier health systems; SCL Health, a premier
healthcare system in Colorado; and Fairview Health Services, one of Minnesota’s leading health systems. We will
continue to seek partnerships with premier health systems across the country who share our commitment to provide
healing and hope to those in need.
n A third important growth objective for Acadia is to identify underserved markets for behavioral health treatment and
develop wholly owned de novo facilities that help fill this gap. In line with this strategy, during the fourth quarter
of 2021, we acquired the real estate for three currently non-operational facilities, including one adult hospital, one
children’s hospital and an outpatient facility, all located on the north side of Chicago. Prior to reopening, Acadia will
make infrastructure investments to improve the behavioral healthcare facilities, which will operate as Montrose
Behavioral Health Hospital. This is an exciting opportunity for Acadia to enter the greater Chicago area and address
the significant need for behavioral healthcare services for adults and children.
We also continued to expand our network of CTCs, which are designed to address the growing and critical need for
medication-assisted treatment for patients dealing with opioid use disorder. In 2021, we opened ten CTC locations
across five states, which expanded our network that now includes 141 CTCs in 32 states across the U.S. We
believe there are additional opportunities to reach more markets that are underserved.
II
n A fourth pathway to expand our operations in high growth markets is through select acquisitions that meet the criteria
of our disciplined capital allocation framework. On December 31, 2021, we completed the acquisition of CenterPointe
Behavioral Health System, the largest dedicated behavioral healthcare provider in the state of Missouri.
Acadia has a proven operating model, and as we acquire new facilities and programs, we expect to benefit from the
additional scale and realize cost synergies. When possible, we also intend to make the necessary investments to
expand the facilities and add service offerings to further enhance the continuum of care.
We also see significant growth opportunities to expand the continuum of care by adding outpatient services. In 2021, we added
28 comprehensive outpatient programs, including intensive outpatient and partial hospitalization services, both of which are
effective step-down programs from our acute and specialty inpatient facilities. We also continue to view telehealth as an
effective and flexible treatment option to reach more patients. This platform proved to be invaluable, especially during the
early stages of the pandemic, and we see additional opportunities to utilize telehealth to broaden community outreach, assist
with physician coverage, support group therapy, and provide more timely assessments.
Positioned for Continued Success in 2022 and Beyond
We are encouraged by the favorable trends in our business and believe we are well positioned to capitalize on the continued
growth in demand for behavioral healthcare services. Along with the increased societal acceptance, we are encouraged by the
rise in government support of mental health issues.
In October 2021, we formally announced my retirement from my position as Chief Executive Officer of Acadia. I am extremely
proud of what we have accomplished since I joined Acadia in December 2018, and I look forward to continuing my role on the
Board of Directors. After a thorough search, Chris Hunter was named the new Chief Executive Office of Acadia in early April.
Chris brings the right complement of operating experience and industry knowledge to lead Acadia as we continue to extend
our market reach to meet the behavioral health needs across the country. I will work with Chris to ensure a smooth transition.
Under Chris’s leadership, I am confident Acadia will continue to build on our strong foundation.
Thank you for the support your investment provides.
Sincerely,
Debra K. Osteen
Retired Chief Executive Officer and Director
III
To Our Stockholders
I am very proud to join Acadia Healthcare as the Company’s new Chief Executive Officer and to have this opportunity to reach
out to our stockholders. This is an exciting time for the Company, as we have the ability to build on our momentum and
continue to address the critical societal need for behavioral healthcare services. With diversified service lines across the full
spectrum of behavioral healthcare, Acadia is well positioned for continued growth. Importantly, greater societal acceptance
of behavioral health treatment and expanded coverage options for those seeking treatment support our ability to reach more
patients with the care they need.
With an expansive network of 238 facilities, a growing patient base and a proven operating model, Acadia has created a solid
foundation to drive sustained, long-term growth. As we look to the future, we will continue to advance our growth strategy
in both new and existing markets. Over 2022, we expect to add over 600 beds across our network of approximately 10,500
beds, including approximately 300 bed additions to existing facilities, the opening of two inpatient de novos and two new
facilities with joint venture partners, and the addition of six to ten CTC locations. We also look forward to pursuing additional
acquisition opportunities for Acadia in the year ahead.
Acadia is a strong, respected organization, and I look forward to building on the successful trajectory set by Debbie Osteen
and the Acadia leadership team. Above all, I am honored to join Acadia’s committed facility leaders, clinicians and dedicated
22,500 employees across the country with a shared mission to provide high quality behavioral healthcare services to existing
and new communities. Our employees are the reason for our past success and provide us with great confidence for the
future. With the support of our experienced senior management team and Board of Directors, we will all work together with
a relentless focus on meeting the critical needs of our patients, while extending our market reach and advancing Acadia’s
position as a leading behavioral healthcare provider.
Thank you for continuing to place your trust in us.
Christopher H. Hunter
Chief Executive Officer
IV
Safe Harbor
Some of the statements made in this letter constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of The Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include any statements that address future results or occurrences.
In some cases you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “might, “will,” “should,” “could” or
the negative thereof. Generally, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continues,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “plan”
and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. In particular, statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans,
objectives, assumptions or future events or performance contained in this letter are forward-looking statements.
We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections. While
we believe these expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections are reasonable, such forward-looking statements are
only predictions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are outside of our control,
which could cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any results, performance or
achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.
Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. These
risks and uncertainties may cause our actual future results to be materially different than those expressed in our forward-
looking statements. Additional risks and uncertainties are described more fully in “Risk Factors” in periodic reports and other
filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this
letter.
We do not undertake and specifically decline any obligation to update any such statements or to publicly announce the results of
any revisions to any such statements to reflect future events or developments.
V
Comparative Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s common stock with (a) the
performance of a broad equity market indicator and (b) the performance of a published industry index or peer group.
Historically, we have used the NASDAQ U.S. Stocks Benchmark Index as our broad equity market indicator and the NASDAQ
Health Care Providers Index as our peer group. This year, we have selected the S&P 500 as our broad equity market index
as we believe it is more commonly used by investors relative to our prior index. We have also selected the S&P Health Care
Services Select Industry Index because we believe it is more representative of healthcare companies that we view as our
peers for comparison, benchmarking and other purposes. We have included the performance of both equity market indices
and peer group indices below. The graph assumes the investment on December 31, 2016, of $100 and that all dividends were
reinvested at the time they were paid. The table following the graph presents the corresponding data for December 31, 2016,
and each subsequent fiscal year end.
$250 –
$200 –
$150 –
$100 –
$50 –
$0 –
12/31/16
12/31/17
12/31/18
12/31/19
12/31/20
12/31/21
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Nasdaq U.S. Stocks Benchmark
Nasdaq Health Care Providers
S&P Health Care Services Select Industry Index
S&P 500 Index
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
S&P 500 Index
S&P Health Care Services Select Industry Index
Nasdaq U.S. Stocks Benchmark
Nasdaq Health Care Providers
12/31/16
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
12/31/17
98.58
121.83
117.50
121.38
133.01
12/31/18
77.67
116.49
121.05
114.77
146.89
12/31/19
100.36
153.17
144.26
150.55
177.53
12/31/20
151.84
181.35
193.05
182.57
51.89
12/31/21
183.38
233.41
212.35
229.84
66.20
VI
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. to Adjusted EBITDA (Unaudited)
(In thousands)
Net income (loss) attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
Provision for income taxes
Interest expense, net
Depreciation and amortization
EBITDA
Adjustments:
Equity-based compensation expense (a)
Transaction-related expenses (b)
Debt extinguishment costs (c)
Loss on impairment (d)
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA margin
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$ (672,132)
2,933
812,390
40,606
158,105
95,256
437,158
$ 190,635
4,927
12,641
67,557
76,993
106,717
459,470
37,530
12,778
24,650
24,293
$ 558,721
22,504
11,720
7,233
4,751
$ 483,366
24.1%
23.1%
Adjusted EBITDA excluding income from provider relief fund
Adjusted EBITDA margin excluding income from provider relief fund
$ 540,821
23.4%
$ 450,547
21.6%
VII
Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. to Adjusted Income Attributable
to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. (Unaudited)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Net income (loss) attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
Adjustments to income:
Transaction-related expenses (b)
Debt extinguishment costs (c)
Loss on impairment (d)
Provision for income taxes
Adjusted income from continuing operations before income taxes
attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Adjusted income from discontinued operations before income taxes
Adjusted income before income taxes attributable to
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Income tax effect of adjustments to income (e)
Adjusted income attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Income from provider relief fund, net of taxes
Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to Acadia
Healthcare Company, Inc. excluding income from provider relief fund
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted
Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable
to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. per diluted share*
Income from provider relief fund, net of taxes, per diluted share
Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. per diluted share
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(672,132)
812,390
2021
$ 190,635
12,641
$
12,778
24,650
24,293
67,557
332,554
–
332,554
87,500
245,054
(13,044)
11,720
7,233
4,751
40,606
204,568
86,258
290,826
44,496
246,330
(23,915)
$ 232,010
$
222,415
90,793
88,595
$
2.70
(0.14)
$
2.56
$
$
2.78
(0.27)
2.51
* For year ended December 31, 2020, Adjusted income attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. per diluted share includes
Adjusted income from discontinued operations before income taxes and is not directly comparable to Adjusted income from continuing
operations attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2021. Interest expense,
which has been significantly reduced following debt repayments in the first quarter of 2021, is recorded in income from continuing
operations and not allocated to discontinued operations because such allocation would not be meaningful. Therefore, 2020 results
reflect consolidated results inclusive of discontinued operations, and 2021 results reflect only continuing operations.
VIII
Statements of Discontinued Operations (Unaudited)
(In thousands)
Revenue
$
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2021
62,520
Salaries, wages and benefits
Professional fees
Supplies
Rents and leases
Other operating expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Interest expense, net
Loss on sale
Loss on impairment
Transaction-related expenses
Total expenses
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
35,937
6,815
2,217
2,509
6,682
–
10
13,490
–
6,265
73,925
(11,405)
1,236
(12,641)
$ 1,119,768
632,134
127,291
38,285
47,748
113,534
74,935
(417)
867,324
20,239
8,719
1,929,792
(810,024)
2,366
(812,390)
Reconciliation of Loss from Discontinued Operations to Adjusted Income from Discontinued Operations before Income Taxes
(Unaudited)
(In thousands)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
Adjustments to income:
Transaction-related expenses (b)
Loss on sale (f)
Loss on impairment (d)
Provision for income taxes
Adjusted income from discontinued operations before income taxes
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
$ (12,641)
$ (812,390)
6,265
13,490
–
1,236
8,350
$
8,719
867,324
20,239
2,366
$ 86,258
IX
Footnotes
We have included certain financial measures in this annual report, including those listed below, which are “non-GAAP financial
measures” as defined under the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC. These non-GAAP financial measures include, and are
defined, as follows:
• EBITDA: net income (loss) attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. adjusted for net income attributable to noncontrolling
interests, loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes, provision for income taxes, net interest expense and depreciation and
amortization.
• Adjusted EBITDA: EBITDA adjusted for equity-based compensation expense, transaction-related expenses, debt extinguishment
costs and loss on impairment.
• Adjusted EBITDA excluding income from provider relief fund: Adjusted EBITDA adjusted for income from provider relief fund.
• Adjusted EBITDA margin: Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue.
• Adjusted EBITDA margin excluding income from provider relief fund: Adjusted EBITDA excluding income from provider relief fund
divided by revenue.
• Adjusted income from continuing operations before income taxes attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.: net income
(loss) attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. adjusted for loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes, transaction-
related expenses, debt extinguishment costs, loss on impairment and provision for income taxes.
• Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.: Adjusted income from continuing
operations before income taxes attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. adjusted for the income tax effect of adjustments
to income.
• Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. excluding income from provider
relief fund: Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. adjusted for income from
provider relief fund.
• Adjusted income from discontinued operations before income taxes: Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes, adjusted for
transaction-related expenses, loss on sale, loss on impairment and provision for (benefit from) income taxes.
• Adjusted income attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.: the sum of Adjusted income from continuing operations before
income taxes attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc., Adjusted income from discontinued operations before income taxes
and income tax effect of adjustments to income.
• Adjusted income attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. excluding income from provider relief fund: Adjusted income from
continuing operations attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. adjusted for income from provider relief fund.
The non-GAAP financial measures presented herein are supplemental measures of our performance and are not required by, or
presented in accordance with, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). The non-GAAP financial
measures presented herein are not measures of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives
to net income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flow from operating
activities as measures of our liquidity. Our measurements of these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly
titled measures of other companies. We have included information concerning the non-GAAP financial measures in this annual report
because we believe that such information is used by certain investors as measures of a company’s historical performance. We believe
these measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of issuers of equity
securities, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures when reporting their results. Because the non-GAAP financial
measures are not measurements determined in accordance with GAAP and are thus susceptible to varying calculations, the non-GAAP
financial measures, as presented, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. Our presentation of
these non-GAAP financial measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or
nonrecurring items.
(a) Represents the equity-based compensation expense of Acadia.
(b) Represents transaction-related expenses incurred by Acadia primarily related to termination, restructuring, strategic review,
acquisition and other similar costs.
(c) Represents debt extinguishment costs recorded during the first quarter of 2021 in connection with the redemption of the 5.625%
senior notes and 6.500% senior notes and the termination of the prior credit facility, during the second quarter of 2020 in connection
with the redemption of the 6.125% senior notes and 5.125% senior notes and during the fourth quarter of 2020 in connection with
the issuance of the 5.000% senior notes in October 2020 and the fourth repricing facilities amendment to the amended and restated
credit facility in November 2020.
(d) The Company opened a 260-bed replacement hospital in Pennsylvania and recorded a non-cash property impairment charge of
$23.2 million for the existing facility during the second quarter of 2021. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2021, the Company
recorded a $1.1 million non-cash property impairment charge for one facility in Louisiana resulting from hurricane damage. For
2020, represents non-cash long-lived asset impairment charges related to certain facility closures.
(e) Represents the income tax effect of adjustments to income based on a tax rate of 26.3% and 15.3% for the year ended December 31,
2021 and 2020, respectively.
(f) For 2020, represents the loss on sale, including a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $356.2 million, recorded in connection
with the U.K. sale. For 2021, represents the adjustments to the loss on sale recorded in connection with the sale of our U.K.
operations in January 2021 to reflect an increase in the U.K. carrying value.
X
[ This page left intentionally blank. ]
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
or
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 001-35331
ACADIA HEALTHCARE COMPANY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
45-2492228
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
6100 Tower Circle, Suite 1000
Franklin, Tennessee 37067
(Address, including zip code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
(615) 861-6000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, $.01 par value
Trading Symbol
ACHC
Name of exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant
to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting
company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and
“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for
☒ Accelerated filer
☐
Emerging growth company ☐
Smaller reporting company
☐
☐
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of
its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public
accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
As of June 30, 2021, the aggregate market value of the shares of common stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates was approximately
$5.5 billion, based on the closing price of the registrant’s common stock reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market of $62.75 per share.
As of March 1, 2022, there were 89,901,950 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2022 annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May 19, 2022 are
incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
ACADIA HEALTHCARE COMPANY, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Item 1. Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities
Item 6. [Reserved]
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
SIGNATURES
1
14
34
35
36
36
37
37
38
52
52
52
52
52
52
53
53
53
54
54
55
58
59
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “Acadia,” “the Company,” “we,”
“us” or “our” mean Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
PART I
Item 1. Business.
Overview
Our business strategy is to acquire and develop behavioral healthcare facilities and improve our operating results within our
facilities and our other behavioral healthcare operations. We strive to improve the operating results of our facilities by providing high-
quality services, expanding referral networks and marketing initiatives while meeting the increased demand for behavioral healthcare
services through expansion of our current locations as well as developing new services within existing locations. At December 31,
2021, we operated 238 behavioral healthcare facilities with approximately 10,500 beds in 40 states and Puerto Rico. During the year
ended December 31, 2021, we added 375 beds, consisting of 295 added to existing facilities and 80 added through the opening of one
wholly-owned facility, and opened 10 comprehensive treatment centers (“CTCs”).
We are the leading publicly traded pure-play provider of behavioral healthcare services in the United States (the “U.S.”).
Management believes that we are positioned as a leading platform in a highly fragmented industry under the direction of an
experienced management team that has significant industry expertise. Management expects to take advantage of several strategies that
are more accessible as a result of our increased size and geographic scale, including continuing a national marketing strategy to attract
new patients and referral sources, increasing our volume of out-of-state referrals, providing a broader range of services to new and
existing patients and clients and selectively pursuing opportunities to expand our facility and bed count in the U.S. through
acquisitions, wholly-owned de novo facilities, joint ventures and bed additions in existing facilities.
On January 19, 2021, we completed the sale of our operations in the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) to RemedcoUK Limited, a
company organized under the laws of England and Wales and owned by funds managed or advised by Waterland Private Equity Fund
VII (the “U.K. Sale”). The U.K. Sale allowed us to reduce our indebtedness and focus on our U.S. operations. We report, for all
periods presented, results of operations and cash flows of the U.K. operations as discontinued operations in the accompanying
financial statements. See “U.K. Sale” below for additional details about the U.K. Sale.
Our common stock is listed for trading on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ACHC.” Our principal
executive offices are located at 6100 Tower Circle, Suite 1000, Franklin, Tennessee 37067, and our telephone number is (615) 861-
6000.
Acquisitions
On December 31, 2021, we acquired the equity of CenterPointe Behavioral Health System, LLC and certain related entities
(“CenterPointe”) for cash consideration of approximately $139 million. The acquisition was funded through a combination of cash on
hand and a $70.0 million draw on the Revolving Facility (as defined below). CenterPointe operates four acute inpatient hospitals with
306 beds and ten outpatient locations primarily in Missouri.
U.K. Sale
On January 19, 2021, we completed the U.K. Sale pursuant to a Share Purchase Agreement in which we sold all of the securities
of AHC-WW Jersey Limited, a private limited liability company incorporated in Jersey and a subsidiary of the Company, which
constituted the entirety of our U.K. operations. The U.K. Sale resulted in approximately $1,525 million of gross proceeds before
deducting the settlement of existing foreign currency hedging liabilities of $85 million based on the current British Pounds (“GBP”) to
U.S. Dollars (“USD”) exchange rate, cash retained by the buyer and transaction costs. We used the net proceeds of approximately
$1,425 million (excluding cash retained by the buyer) along with cash from the balance sheet to reduce debt by $1,640 million during
the first quarter of 2021. As a result of the U.K. Sale, we reported, for all periods presented, results of operations and cash flows of the
U.K. operations as discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements.
COVID-19 Impact
During March 2020, the global pandemic of the novel coronavirus known as COVID-19 (“COVID-19”) began to affect our
facilities, employees, patients, communities, business operations and financial performance, as well as the broader U.S. and U.K.
economies and financial markets. At many of our facilities, employees and/or patients have tested positive for COVID-19. We are
committed to protecting the health of our communities and have been responding to the evolving COVID-19 situation while taking
steps to provide quality care and protect the health and safety of our patients and employees. Over the last two years, all of our
1
facilities have closely followed infectious disease protocols, as well as recommendations by the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention (“CDC”) and local health officials.
We have taken numerous steps to help minimize the impact of the virus on our patients and employees. For example, we:
established an internal COVID-19 taskforce;
instituted social distancing practices and protective measures throughout our facilities, which included restricting or
suspending visitor access, screening patients and staff who enter our facilities based on criteria established by the CDC
and local health officials, and testing and isolating patients when warranted;
implemented plans to vaccinate all eligible employees at our facilities that participate in the Centers for Medicare and
Medicaid Services (“CMS”) reimbursement programs;
secured contracts with additional distributors for supplies;
expanded telehealth capabilities;
implemented emergency planning in directly impacted markets; and
limited all non-essential business travel and in-person trainings and conferences.
We have developed additional supply chain management processes, which includes extensive tracking and delivery of key
personal protective equipment (“PPE”) and supplies and sharing resources across all facilities. We could experience supply chain
disruptions and significant price increases in equipment, pharmaceuticals and medical supplies, particularly PPE. Pandemic-related
staffing difficulties and equipment, pharmaceutical and medical supplies shortages may impact our ability to treat patients at our
facilities. Such shortages could lead to us paying higher prices for supplies, equipment and labor and an increase in overtime hours
paid to our employees.
Financing Transactions
On December 31, 2012, we entered into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement”), which amended and restated the Senior Secured Credit Facility that we originally entered into on April 1, 2011. We
amended the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement from time to time as described in our prior filings with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—New Credit Facility” for additional information.
We entered into a new senior credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”) on March 17, 2021. This New Credit Facility provides
for a $600.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) and a $425.0 million senior secured term loan
facility (the “Term Loan Facility” and, together with the Revolving Facility, the “Senior Facilities”), each maturing on March 17,
2026 unless extended in accordance with the terms of the New Credit Facility. The Revolving Facility further provides for (i) up to
$20.0 million to be utilized for the issuance of letters of credit and (ii) the availability of a swingline facility under which we may
borrow up to $20.0 million.
As a part of the closing of the New Credit Facility on March 17, 2021, we (i) refinanced and terminated our prior credit facilities
under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2012 (the “Prior Credit Facility”) and (ii) financed the
redemption of all of our outstanding 5.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “5.625% Senior Notes”).
On March 17, 2021, we satisfied and discharged the indentures governing the 5.625% Senior Notes. In connection with the
redemption of the 5.625% Senior Notes, we recorded debt extinguishment costs of $3.3 million, including the write-off of deferred
financing and premiums costs in the consolidated statement of operations.
On March 1, 2021, we satisfied and discharged the indentures governing the 6.500% Senior Notes due 2024 (“6.500% Senior
Notes”). In connection with the redemption of the 6.500% Senior Notes, we recorded debt extinguishment costs of $10.5 million,
including $6.3 million cash paid for breakage costs and the write-off of deferred financing costs of $4.2 million in the consolidated
statement of operations.
On January 5, 2021, we made a voluntary payment of $105.0 million on our Term Loan B facility Tranche B-4 (the “Tranche B-
4 Facility”). On January 19, 2021, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the U.K. Sale to repay $311.7 million of the Term Loan
A facility (the “TLA Facility”) and $767.9 million of our Tranche B-4 Facility of the Prior Credit Facility.
On November 13, 2020, we entered into the Fourth Repricing Facilities Amendment (the “Fourth Repricing Facilities
Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. The Fourth Repricing Facilities Amendment extended the maturity
date of each of the existing revolving line of credit and the existing TLA Facility from November 30, 2021 to November 30, 2022.
The Fourth Repricing Facilities Amendment also (1) replaced the revolving line of credit in an aggregate committed amount of $500.0
2
million to an aggregate committed amount of approximately $459.0 million and (2) replaced the TLA Facility aggregate outstanding
principal amount of approximately $352.4 million to an aggregate principal amount of approximately $318.9 million. The interest rate
margin applicable to both facilities remains unchanged from the prior facilities, and the commitment fee applicable to the new
revolving line of credit also remains unchanged from the prior revolving line of credit. In connection with the Fourth Repricing
Facilities Amendment, we recorded a debt extinguishment charge of $1.0 million, including the write-off of discount and deferred
financing costs, which was recorded in debt extinguishment costs in the consolidated statements of operations.
On October 14, 2020, we issued $475.0 million of 5.000% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “5.000% Senior Notes”). The 5.000%
Senior Notes mature April 15, 2029 and bear interest at a rate of 5.000% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and
October 15, commencing on April 15, 2021. We used the net proceeds of the 5.000% Senior Notes to prepay approximately $453.3
million of the outstanding borrowings on our existing Term Loan B facility Tranche B-3 (the “Tranche B-3 Facility”) and used the
remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes and to pay related fees and expenses in connection with the offering. In
connection with the 5.000% Senior Notes, we recorded a debt extinguishment charge of $2.9 million, including the write-off of
discount and deferred financing cost in the consolidated statements of operations.
On June 24, 2020, we issued $450.0 million of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2028 (the “5.500% Senior Notes”). The 5.500% Senior
Notes mature on July 1, 2028 and bear interest at a rate of 5.500% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on January 1 and July
1 of each year, commencing on January 1, 2021. As further described below, we used the net proceeds of the 5.500% Senior Notes,
together with cash on hand, to redeem in full the outstanding 6.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “6.125% Senior Notes”) and the
5.125% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “5.125% Senior Notes”) and to pay related fees and expenses in connection therewith.
On June 10, 2020, we issued conditional notices of full redemption providing for the redemption in full of the 6.125% Senior
Notes and the 5.125% Senior Notes on July 10, 2020 (the “Redemption Date”), in each case at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of
the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, up to, but not including the Redemption Date (the “Redemption
Price”). On June 24, 2020, we satisfied and discharged the indentures governing the 6.125% Senior Notes and the 5.125% Senior
Notes by irrevocably depositing with a trustee sufficient funds equal to the Redemption Price for the 6.125% Senior Notes and the
5.125% Senior Notes and otherwise complying with the terms in the indentures relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the
6.125% Senior Notes and the 5.125% Senior Notes. In connection with the redemption of the 6.125% Senior Notes and the 5.125%
Senior Notes, we recorded a debt extinguishment charge of $3.3 million, including the write-off of the deferred financing and other
costs in the consolidated statements of operations.
On April 21, 2020, we entered into the Thirteenth Amendment (the “Thirteenth Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement. The Thirteenth Amendment amended the Consolidated Leverage Ratio in the existing covenant to increase the
leverage ratio for the rest of 2020.
On February 27, 2019, we entered into the Twelfth Amendment (the “Twelfth Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement. The Twelfth Amendment, among other things, modified certain definitions, including “Consolidated EBITDA”,
and increased our permitted Maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio, thereby providing increased flexibility to us in terms of our
financial covenants.
On February 6, 2019, we entered into the Eleventh Amendment (the “Eleventh Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement. The Eleventh Amendment, among other things, amended the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” to remove the
cap on non-cash charges, losses and expenses related to the impairment of goodwill, which in turn provided increased flexibility to us
in terms of our financial covenants.
Competitive Strengths
Management believes the following strengths differentiate us from other providers of behavioral healthcare services:
Premier operational management team with track record of success. Our management team has approximately 230 combined
years of experience in acquiring, integrating and operating a variety of behavioral health facilities. The extensive national experience
and operational expertise of our management team give us what management believes to be the premier leadership team in the
behavioral healthcare industry. Our management team strives to use its years of experience operating behavioral healthcare facilities to
generate strong cash flow and grow a profitable business.
Favorable industry and legislative trends. According to a 2020 survey by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services
Administration of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“SAMHSA”), 52.9 million of adults in the U.S. aged 18 years
or older suffered from a mental illness in the prior year and 14.2 million suffered from a serious mental illness. Further, approximately
21.6 million people aged 12 or older in 2019 needed substance use treatment in the past year. According to a study by The Journal of
American Medical Association Pediatrics, an estimated 7.7 million U.S. children has a treatable mental health disorder. Management
3
believes the market for behavioral services will continue to grow due to increased awareness of mental health and substance abuse
conditions and treatment options.
While the growing awareness of mental health and substance abuse conditions is expected to accelerate demand for services,
recent healthcare reform in the U.S. is expected to increase access to industry services as more people obtain insurance coverage. A
key aspect of reform legislation is the extension of mental health parity protections established into law by the Paul Wellstone and
Pete Domenici Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act of 2008 (the “MHPAEA”). The MHPAEA requires employers who
provide behavioral health and addiction benefits to provide such coverage to the same extent as other medical conditions. On
December 13, 2016, then President Obama signed the 21st Century Cures Act. The 21st Century Cures Act appropriates substantial
resources for the treatment of behavioral health and substance abuse disorders and contains measures intended to strengthen the
MHPAEA. On October 21, 2018, the Substance Use-Disorder Prevention that Promotes Opioid Recovery and Treatment for Patients
and Communities Act (the “SUPPORT Act”) was signed into law. The SUPPORT Act expands Medicare coverage to include Opioid
Treatment Programs for services provided on or after January 2, 2020. It also includes Individuals in Medicaid Deserve Care that is
Appropriate and Responsible in its Execution Act, which suspends the current prohibition on using federal Medicaid funds to pay for
substance use disorder treatment at inpatient treatment facilities with more than 16 beds and limits beneficiaries to no more than 30
days of inpatient treatment per 12 month period.
Leading platform in attractive healthcare niche. We are a leading behavioral healthcare platform in an industry that is
undergoing consolidation in an effort to reduce costs and expand programs to better serve the growing need for inpatient behavioral
healthcare services. Management expects to take advantage of several strategies that are more accessible as a result of our increased
size and geographic scale, including continuing a national marketing strategy to attract new patients and referral sources, increasing
our volume of out-of-state referrals, providing a broader range of services to new and existing patients and clients and selectively
pursuing opportunities to expand our facility and bed count.
Diversified revenue and payor bases. At December 31, 2021, we operated 238 facilities in 40 states and Puerto Rico. Our
payor, patient and geographic diversity mitigates the potential risk associated with any single facility. For the year ended
December 31, 2021, we received 49% of our revenue from continuing operations from Medicaid, 30% from commercial payors, 16%
from Medicare and 5% from other payors. As we receive Medicaid payments from 46 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto
Rico, management does not believe that we are significantly affected by changes in reimbursement policies in any one state or
territory. No facility accounted for more than 3% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021, and no state or U.S. territory
accounted for more than 12% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021. We believe that our increased geographic diversity
will mitigate the impact of any financial or budgetary pressure that may arise in a particular state or market where we operate.
Strong cash flow generation and low capital requirements. We generate strong free cash flow by profitably operating our
business and by actively managing our working capital. Moreover, as the behavioral healthcare business does not typically require the
procurement and replacement of expensive medical equipment, our maintenance capital expenditure requirements are generally less
than that of other facility-based healthcare providers. For the year ended December 31, 2021, our maintenance capital expenditures
amounted to approximately 2% of our revenue.
Business Strategy
We are committed to providing the communities we serve with high-quality, cost-effective behavioral healthcare services, while
growing our business, increasing profitability and creating long-term value for our stockholders. To achieve these objectives, we have
aligned our activities around the following growth strategies:
Increase margins by enhancing programs and improving performance at existing facilities. Management believes we can
improve efficiencies and increase operating margins by utilizing our management’s expertise and experience within existing programs
and their expertise in improving performance at underperforming facilities. Management believes the efficiencies can be realized by
investing in growth in strong markets, addressing capital-constrained facilities that have underperformed and improving management
systems.
Opportunistically pursue acquisitions and partnerships. We have positioned the Company as a leading provider of mental
health services in the U.S. The behavioral healthcare industry in the U.S. is highly fragmented, and we selectively seek opportunities
to expand and diversify our base of operations by acquiring additional facilities and entering into partnerships with healthcare
providers to acquire and develop additional facilities. We have a number of potential joint ventures and acquisitions in various stages
of development and consideration in the U.S.
Management believes our focus on behavioral healthcare and history of completing acquisitions provides us with a strategic
advantage in sourcing, evaluating and closing acquisitions. We leverage our management team’s expertise to identify and integrate
acquisitions based on a disciplined acquisition strategy that focuses on quality of service, return on investment and strategic benefits.
4
We also have a comprehensive post-acquisition strategic plan to facilitate the integration of acquired facilities that includes improving
facility operations, retaining and recruiting psychiatrists and other healthcare professionals and expanding the breadth of services
offered by the facilities.
Drive organic growth of existing facilities. We seek to increase revenue at our facilities by providing a broader range of
services to new and existing patients and clients. In addition, management intends to increase bed counts in our existing facilities.
During the year ended December 31, 2021, we added 375 beds, consisting of 295 added to existing facilities and 80 added through the
opening of one wholly-owned facility, and opened 10 CTCs. For the year ending December 31, 2022, we expect to add approximately
300 beds to existing facilities and 350 beds through the opening of two wholly-owned facilities and two joint venture facilities and
expect to open at least six CTCs. Furthermore, management believes that opportunities exist to leverage out-of-state referrals to
increase volume and minimize payor concentration, especially with respect to our youth and adolescent focused services and our
substance abuse services.
U.S. Operations
Our facilities and services can generally be classified into the following categories: acute inpatient psychiatric facilities;
specialty treatment facilities; and residential treatment centers. Outpatient programs associated with our facilities are included within
each respective service line. The table below presents the percentage of our total U.S. revenue attributed to each category for the year
ended December 31, 2021:
Facility/Service
Acute inpatient psychiatric facilities
Specialty treatment facilities
Residential treatment centers
Revenue for the
Year Ended December 31, 2021
49 %
39 %
12 %
We receive payments from the following sources for services rendered in our facilities: (i) state governments under their
respective Medicaid and other programs; (ii) commercial insurers; (iii) the federal government under the Medicare program
administered by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”); and (iv) individual patients and clients. For the year ended
December 31, 2021, we received 49% of our revenue from Medicaid, 30% from commercial payors, 16% from Medicare and 5% from
other payors.
At December 31, 2021, our facilities included 238 behavioral healthcare facilities with approximately 10,500 beds in 40 states
and Puerto Rico. Of our facilities, excluding CTCs, approximately 51% are acute inpatient psychiatric facilities, approximately 37%
are specialty treatment facilities and approximately 12% are residential treatment centers at December 31, 2021. Of the 238 behavioral
healthcare facilities, 141 are CTCs, which is a subset of specialty treatment facilities. Of our CTCs, 16 are owned properties and 125
are leased properties. Of the 97 facilities that are not CTCs, 77 are owned properties and 20 are leased properties. For the years ended
December 31, 2021 and 2020, our continuing operations generated revenue of $2,314.4 million and $2,089.9 million, respectively.
Acute Inpatient Psychiatric Facilities
Acute inpatient psychiatric facilities provide a high level of care in order to stabilize patients that are either a threat to
themselves or to others. The acute setting provides 24-hour observation, daily intervention and monitoring by psychiatrists. Generally,
due to shorter lengths of stay, the related higher patient turnover, and the special security and health precautions required, acute
inpatient psychiatric facilities have lower average occupancy than residential treatment centers. Our facilities that offer acute care
services provide evaluation and crisis stabilization of patients with severe psychiatric diagnoses through a medical delivery model that
incorporates structured and intensive medical and behavioral therapies with 24-hour monitoring by a psychiatrist, psychiatric trained
nurses, therapists and other direct care staff. Lengths of stay for crisis stabilization and acute care range from three to five days and
from five to twelve days, respectively.
Specialty Treatment Facilities
Our specialty treatment facilities include residential recovery facilities, eating disorder facilities and CTCs. We provide a
comprehensive continuum of care for adults with addictive disorders and co-occurring mental disorders. Our detoxification, inpatient,
partial hospitalization and outpatient treatment programs are cost-effective and give patients access to the least restrictive level of care.
All programs offer individualized treatment in a supportive and nurturing environment.
The majority of our specialty treatment services are provided to patients who abuse addictive substances such as alcohol, illicit
drugs or opiates, including prescription drugs. Some of our facilities also treat other addictions and behavioral disorders such as
chronic pain, sexual compulsivity, compulsive gambling, mood disorders, emotional trauma and abuse. The goal of our treatment
facilities is to provide the appropriate level of treatment to an individual no matter where they are in the lifecycle of their disease in
5
order to restore the individual to a healthier, more productive life, free from dependence on illicit substances and destructive
behaviors. Our treatment facilities provide a number of different treatment services such as assessment, detoxification, medication-
assisted treatment, counseling, education, lectures and group therapy. We assess and evaluate the medical, psychological and
emotional needs of the patient and address these needs in the treatment process. Following this assessment, an individualized
treatment program is designed to provide a foundation for a lifelong recovery process. Many modalities are used in our treatment
programs to support the individual, including the twelve step philosophy, cognitive/behavioral therapies, supportive therapies and
continuing care.
Residential Recovery Facilities. Our inpatient facilities house and care for patients over an extended period and typically treat
patients from a broadly defined regional market. We provide three basic levels of residential treatment depending on the severity of
the patient’s addiction and/or behavioral disorder. Patients with the most severe dependencies are typically placed into inpatient
treatment, in which the patient resides at a treatment facility. If a patient’s condition is less severe, he or she will be offered day
treatment, which allows the patient to return home in the evening. The least intensive service is where the patient visits the facility for
just a few hours a week to attend counseling/group sessions.
Following primary treatment, our extended care programs typically offer residential care, which allows patients to develop
healthy and appropriate living skills while remaining in a safe and nurturing setting. Patients are supported in their recovery by a semi-
structured living environment that allows them to begin the process of employment or to pursue educational goals and to take personal
responsibility for their recovery. The structure of this treatment phase is monitored by a primary therapist who works with each patient
to integrate recovery skills and build a foundation of sobriety with a strong support system. Length of stay will vary depending on the
patient’s needs with a minimum stay of 30 days and could be multiple months if needed.
Our outpatient clinics serve patients that do not require inpatient treatment or are transitioning from a residential treatment
program; have employment, family or school commitments; and have stabilized in their substance addiction recovery practices and are
seeking ongoing continuing care.
Eating Disorder Facilities. Our eating disorder facilities provide treatment services for eating disorders and weight
management, each of which may be effectively treated through a combination of medical, psychological and social treatment
programs.
Comprehensive Treatment Centers. Our CTCs specialize in providing medication-assisted and abstinent-based treatment.
Medication-assisted treatment combines behavioral therapy and medication to treat substance use disorders. CTCs utilize medication-
assisted treatment to individuals addicted to opiates such as opioid analgesics (prescription pain medications) and heroin. Medication
is used to normalize brain chemistry to block the euphoric effects of alcohol and opioids allowing our professional staff to provide
behavioral therapy. Patients begin their treatment attending the clinic almost daily. Then, through successfully progressing in
treatment, patients attend less frequently depending on individual treatment plans. The length of treatment differs from patient to
patient, but typically ranges from one to three years.
Each of our CTCs provide a range of comprehensive substance abuse treatment support services that include medical,
counseling, vocational, educational, and other treatment services. Our behavioral therapies are delivered in an array of treatment
models that may include individual and group therapy, intensive outpatient, outpatient, partial hospitalization/day treatment, road to
recovery and other programs that can be either abstinent or medication assisted based.
Residential Treatment Centers
Residential treatment centers treat patients with behavioral disorders in a non-hospital setting, including outdoor programs. The
facilities balance therapy activities with social, academic and other activities. Because the setting is less intensive, demands on
staffing, security and oversight are generally lower than inpatient psychiatric facilities. In contrast to acute care psychiatric facilities,
occupancy in residential treatment centers can be managed more easily given a longer length of stay. Over time, however, residential
treatment centers have continued to serve increasingly severe patients who would have been treated in acute care facilities in earlier
years.
We provide residential treatment care through a medical model residential treatment facility, which offers intensive, medically-
driven interventions and individualized treatment regimens designed to deal with moderate to high level patient acuity. Children and
adolescents admitted to these facilities typically have had multiple prior failed treatment plans, severe physical, sexual and emotional
abuse, termination of parental custody, substance abuse, marked deficiencies in social, interpersonal and academic skills and a wide
range of psychiatric disorders. Treatment typically is provided by an interdisciplinary team coordinating psychopharmacological,
individual, group and family therapy, along with specialized accredited educational programs in both secure and unlocked
environments. Lengths of stay range from three months to several years.
6
Certain of our residential treatment centers provide group home, therapeutic group home and therapeutic foster care programs.
Our group home programs provide family-style living for youths in a single house or apartment within residential communities where
supervision and support are provided by 24-hour staff. The goal of a group home program is to teach family living and social skills
through individual and group counseling sessions within a real life environment. The residents are encouraged to take responsibility
for the home and their health as well as actively take part in community functions. Most attend an accredited and licensed on-premises
school or a local public school. We also operate therapeutic group homes that provide comprehensive treatment services for seriously,
emotionally disturbed adolescents. The ultimate goal is to reunite or place these children with their families or prepare them, when
appropriate, for permanent placement with a relative or an adoptive family. We also manage therapeutic foster care programs, which
are considered the least restrictive form of therapeutic placement for children and adolescents with emotional disorders. Children and
adolescents in our therapeutic foster care programs often are part of the child welfare or juvenile justice system. Care is delivered in
private homes with experienced foster parents who are trained to work with children and adolescents with special needs.
U.K. Operations
Prior to the U.K. Sale, we were the leading independent provider of mental health services in the U.K. operating 345 inpatient
behavioral health facilities with approximately 8,200 beds at December 31, 2020. Our U.K. facilities were located in England, Wales,
Scotland and Northern Ireland. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, our U.K. operations generated revenue of
$62.5 million and $1,119.8 million, respectively, primarily through the operation and management of inpatient behavioral health
facilities.
Additional information about our U.K. operations and the U.K.’s behavioral healthcare industry can be found in our prior filings
with the SEC.
Sources of Revenue
As of December 31, 2021, we received payments from the following sources for services rendered in our facilities: (i) state
governments under their respective Medicaid and other programs; (ii) commercial insurers; (iii) the federal government under the
Medicare program administered by CMS; and (iv) individual patients and clients. We determine the transaction price based on
established billing rates reduced by contractual adjustments provided to third-party payors, discounts provided to uninsured patients
and implicit price concessions. Contractual adjustments and discounts are based on contractual agreements, discount policies and
historical experience. Implicit price concessions are based on historical collection experience. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies — Revenue and Accounts Receivable”
for additional disclosure. Other information related to our revenue, income and other operating information is provided in our
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Regulation
U.S. Overview
The healthcare industry is subject to numerous laws, regulations and rules including, among others, those related to government
healthcare program participation requirements, various licensure and accreditation standards, reimbursement for patient services,
health information privacy and security rules, and government healthcare program fraud and abuse provisions. Providers that are
found to have violated any of these laws and regulations may be excluded from participating in government healthcare programs,
subjected to loss or limitation of licenses to operate, subjected to significant fines or penalties and/or required to repay amounts
received from the government for previously billed patient services.
Licensing, Certification and Accreditation
All of our facilities must comply with various federal, state and local licensing and certification regulations and undergo
periodic inspection by licensing agencies to certify compliance with such regulations. The initial and continued licensure of our
facilities and certification to participate in government healthcare programs depends upon many factors including various state
licensure regulations relating to quality of care, environment of care, equipment, services, staff training, personnel and the existence of
adequate policies, procedures and controls. Federal, state and local agencies survey our facilities on a regular basis to determine
whether the facilities are in compliance with regulatory operating and health standards and conditions for participating in government
healthcare programs.
Most of our inpatient and residential facilities maintain accreditation from private entities, such as The Joint Commission or the
Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities (“CARF”). The Joint Commission and CARF are private organizations that
have accreditation programs for a broad spectrum of healthcare facilities. The Joint Commission accredits a broad variety of
healthcare organizations, including hospitals and behavioral health organizations. CARF accredits behavioral health organizations
7
providing mental health and alcohol and drug use and addiction services, as well as opiate treatment programs, and many other types
of healthcare programs. These accreditation programs are intended generally to improve the quality, safety, outcomes and value of
healthcare services provided by accredited facilities. Certain federal and state licensing agencies as well as many government and
private healthcare payment programs require that providers be accredited as a condition of licensure, certification or participation.
Accreditation is typically granted for a specified period, ranging from one to three years, and renewals of accreditation generally
require completion of a renewal application and an on-site renewal survey.
Certificates of Need
Many of the states in which we operate facilities have enacted certificate of need (“CON”) laws that regulate the construction or
expansion of certain healthcare facilities, certain capital expenditures or changes in services or bed capacity. Failure to obtain CON
approval of certain activities can result in: our inability to complete an acquisition, expansion or replacement; the imposition of civil
penalties; the inability to receive Medicare or Medicaid reimbursement; or the revocation of a facility’s license, any of which could
harm our business.
Audits
Our healthcare facilities are also subject to federal, state and commercial payor audits to validate the accuracy of claims
submitted to government healthcare programs and commercial payors. If these audits identify overpayments, we could be required to
make substantial repayments, subject to various appeal rights. Several of our facilities have undergone claims audits related to their
receipt of payments during the last several years with no material overpayments identified. However, potential liability from future
audits could ultimately exceed established reserves, and any excess could potentially be substantial. Further, Medicare and Medicaid
regulations, as well as commercial payor contracts, also provide for withholding or suspending payments in certain circumstances,
which could adversely affect our cash flow.
The Anti-Kickback Statute and Stark Law
The Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits healthcare providers and others from directly or indirectly soliciting, receiving, offering or
paying any remuneration, in cash or in kind, as an inducement or reward for using, referring, ordering, recommending or arranging for
referrals or orders of services or other items paid for by a government healthcare program. The Anti-Kickback Statute may be found to
have been violated if at least one purpose of the remuneration is to induce or reward referrals. A provider is not required to have actual
knowledge or specific intent to commit a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute to be found guilty of violating the law.
The Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (the “OIG”) has issued safe harbor
regulations that protect certain types of common arrangements from prosecution or sanction under the Anti-Kickback Statute. The fact
that conduct or a business arrangement does not fall within a safe harbor does not automatically render the conduct or business
arrangement illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. However, conduct and business arrangements falling outside the safe harbors
may lead to increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities. In December of 2020, the OIG finalized revisions to the Anti-
Kickback Statute safe harbors and created new safe harbors for value-based care that became effective January 19, 2021. The new
regulations are intended to improve patient care and foster innovative care models by easing regulatory burdens to coordinated and
value-based care.
Although management believes that our arrangements with physicians and other referral sources comply with current law and
available interpretative guidance, as a practical matter it is not always possible to structure our arrangements so as to fall squarely
within an available safe harbor. Where that is the case, we cannot guarantee that applicable regulatory authorities will determine these
financial arrangements do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute or other applicable laws, including state anti-kickback laws.
In addition to the Anti-Kickback Statute, the federal Physician Self-Referral Law, also known as the Stark Law, prohibits
physicians from referring Medicare patients to healthcare entities with which they or any of their immediate family members have a
financial relationship for the furnishing of any “designated health services” unless certain exceptions apply. A violation of the Stark
Law may result in a denial of payment; required refunds to the Medicare program; imposition of statutory civil monetary penalties of
up to $15,000 for each prohibited claim and up to $100,000 for circumvention schemes; exclusion from government healthcare
programs; and liability under the False Claims Act. There are ownership and compensation arrangement exceptions for many
customary financial arrangements between physicians and facilities, including the employment exception, personal services exception,
lease exception and certain recruitment exceptions. The Centers for Medicaid and Medicare finalized revisions to the exceptions and
created new exceptions for value-based care that became effective on January 19, 2021. As with the changes made to the Anti-
Kickback Statute, the new Stark exceptions are intended to improve patient care and foster innovative care models by easing
regulatory burdens to coordinated and value-based care.
8
Management believes that our financial arrangements with physicians are structured to comply with the regulatory exceptions to
the Stark Law. However, the Stark Law is a strict liability statute, meaning that no intent is required to violate the law, and even a
technical violation may lead to significant penalties.
These laws and regulations are extremely complex and, in many cases, we do not have the benefit of regulatory or judicial
interpretation. It is possible that different interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our current or past
practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our arrangements relating to facilities,
equipment, personnel, services, capital expenditure programs and operating expenses. A determination that we have violated one or
more of these laws, or the public announcement that we are being investigated for possible violations of one or more of these laws,
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, we cannot predict
whether other federal or state legislation or regulations will be adopted, what form such legislation or regulations may take or what
their impact on us may be.
If we are deemed to have failed to comply with the Anti-Kickback Statute, the Stark Law or other applicable laws and
regulations, we could be subjected to liabilities, including criminal penalties, civil penalties and exclusion of one or more facilities
from participation in the government healthcare programs. The imposition of such penalties could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Eliminating Kickbacks in Recovery Act
The SUPPORT Act contains a number of provisions aimed at identifying at-risk individuals, increasing access to opioid abuse
treatment, reducing overprescribing and promoting data sharing with the primary goal of reducing the use and abuse of opioids.
Additionally, the SUPPORT Act attempts to address the problem of “patient brokering” in the context of addiction treatment facilities
and sober living homes.
One section of the SUPPORT Act, the Eliminating Kickbacks in Recovery Act (the “EKRA”), makes it a federal crime to
knowingly and willfully: (1) solicit or receive any remuneration in return for referring a patient to a recovery home, clinical treatment
facility or laboratory; or (2) pay or offer any remuneration to induce such a referral or in exchange for an individual using the services
of a recovery home, clinical treatment facility, or laboratory. Each conviction under the EKRA is punishable by up to $200,000 in
monetary damages, imprisonment for up to ten (10) years, or both. Unlike the Anti-Kickback Statutes, the EKRA is not limited to
services reimbursable under a government healthcare program. The EKRA also contains exceptions similar to the Anti-Kickback
Statute safe harbors, but those exceptions are more narrow than the Anti-Kickback Statute safe harbors such that practices that would
be permissible under the Anti-Kickback Statute may violate the EKRA.
Federal False Claims Act and Other Fraud and Abuse Provisions
The federal False Claims Act provides the government a tool to pursue healthcare providers for submitting false claims or
requests for payment for healthcare items or services. Under the False Claims Act, the government may fine any person or entity that,
among other things, knowingly submits, or causes the submission of, false or fraudulent claims for payment to the federal government
or knowingly and improperly avoids or decreases an obligation to pay money to the federal government. The federal government has
widely used the False Claims Act to prosecute Medicare and other federal healthcare program fraud such as coding errors, billing for
services not provided, submitting false cost reports and providing care that is not medically necessary or that is substandard in quality.
Claims for services or items rendered in violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute or the Stark Law can provide a basis for liability under
the False Claims Act as well. The False Claims Act is also implicated by the knowing failure to report and return an overpayment
within 60 days of identifying the overpayment or by the date a corresponding cost report is due, whichever is later.
Violations of the False Claims Act are punishable by significant penalties totaling $12,537 to $25,076 for each fraudulent claim
plus three times the amount of damages sustained by the government. In addition, under the qui tam, or whistleblower, provisions of
the False Claims Act, private parties may bring actions under the False Claims Act on behalf of the federal government. These private
parties, known as relators, are entitled to share in any amounts recovered by the government, and, as a result, whistleblower lawsuits
have increased significantly in recent years. Many states have similar false claims statutes that impose liability for the types of acts
prohibited by the False Claims Act or that otherwise prohibit the submission of false or fraudulent claims to the state government or
Medicaid program.
In addition to the False Claims Act, the federal government may use several criminal laws, such as the federal mail fraud, wire
fraud or health care fraud statutes, to prosecute the submission of false or fraudulent claims for payment to the federal government.
Most states have also adopted generally applicable insurance fraud statutes and regulations that prohibit healthcare providers from
submitting inaccurate, incorrect or misleading claims to private insurance companies. Management believes our healthcare facilities
have implemented appropriate safeguards and procedures to complete claim forms and requests for payment in an accurate manner
and to operate in compliance with applicable laws. However, the possibility of billing or other errors can never be completely
9
eliminated, and we cannot guarantee that the government or a qui tam plaintiff, upon audit or review, would not take the position that
billing or other errors, should they occur, are violations of the False Claims Act.
HIPAA Administrative Simplification and Privacy and Security Requirements
The administrative simplification provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”), as amended
by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), require the use of uniform electronic data
transmission standards for healthcare claims and payment transactions submitted or received electronically. These provisions are
intended to encourage electronic commerce in the healthcare industry. HIPAA also established federal rules protecting the privacy and
security of individually identifiable protected health information (“PHI”). The privacy and security regulations control the use and
disclosure of PHI and the rights of patients to be informed about and control how such PHI is used and disclosed. Violations of
HIPAA can result in both criminal and civil fines and penalties.
The HIPAA security regulations require healthcare providers to implement administrative, physical and technical safeguards to
protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of PHI. HITECH has strengthened certain HIPAA rules regarding the use and
disclosure of PHI, extended certain HIPAA provisions to business associates and created security breach notification requirements
including notifications to the individuals affected by the breach, the Department of Health and Human Services, and in certain cases,
the media. HITECH has also increased maximum penalties for violations of HIPAA privacy rules. Management believes that we have
been in material compliance with the HIPAA regulations and have developed our policies and procedures to ensure ongoing
compliance, although we cannot guarantee that our facilities will not be subject to security incidents or breaches which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The Emergency Medical Treatment & Labor Act
The Emergency Medical Treatment & Labor Act (“EMTALA”) is intended to ensure public access to emergency services
regardless of ability to pay. Section 1867 of the Social Security Act imposes specific obligations on Medicare-participating hospitals
that offer emergency services to provide a medical screening examination when a request is made for examination or treatment for an
emergency medical condition regardless of an individual’s ability to pay. Hospitals are then required to provide stabilizing treatment
for patients with emergency medical conditions. If a hospital is unable to stabilize a patient within its capability, or if the patient
requests, an appropriate transfer must be implemented. EMTALA imposes additional obligations on hospitals with specialized
capabilities, such as ours, to accept the transfer of patients in need of such specialized capabilities if those patients present in the
emergency room of a hospital that does not possess the specialized capabilities.
Mental Health Parity Legislation
The MHPAEA was signed into law in October 2008 and requires health insurance plans that offer mental health and addiction
coverage to provide that coverage on par with financial and treatment coverage offered for other illnesses. The MHPAEA has some
limitations because health plans that do not already cover mental health treatments are not required to do so, and health plans are not
required to provide coverage for every mental health condition published in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders
by the American Psychiatric Association. The MHPAEA also contains a cost exemption which operates to exempt a group health plan
from the MHPAEA’s requirements if compliance with the MHPAEA becomes too costly.
On December 13, 2016, then President Obama signed the 21st Century Cures Act. The 21st Century Cures Act appropriated
substantial resources for the treatment of behavioral health and substance abuse disorders and contained measures intended to
strengthen the MHPAEA.
CARES Act and Other Regulatory Developments
On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was signed into law. The
CARES Act is intended to provide over $2 trillion in stimulus benefits for the U.S. economy. Among other things, the CARES Act
includes additional support for small businesses, expands unemployment benefits, makes forgivable loans available to small
businesses, provides for certain federal income tax changes, and provides $500 billion for loans, loan guarantees, and other
investments for or in U.S. businesses.
In addition, the CARES Act contains a number of provisions that are intended to assist healthcare providers as they combat the
effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. Those provisions include, among others:
10
an appropriation to the Public Health and Social Services Emergency Fund (“PHSSE Fund”), also known as the Provider
Relief Fund, to reimburse, through grants or other mechanisms, eligible healthcare providers and other approved entities
for COVID-19-related expenses or lost revenue;
the expansion of CMS’ Accelerated and Advance Payment Program;
the temporary suspension of Medicare sequestration from May 1, 2020 to March 31, 2022; and
waivers or temporary suspension of certain regulatory requirements.
The U.S. government initially announced it would offer $100 billion of relief to eligible healthcare providers through the
PHSSE Fund. On April 24, 2020, then President Trump signed into law the PPP Act. Among other things, the PPP Act allocates $75
billion to eligible healthcare providers to help offset COVID-19 related losses and expenses. The $75 billion allocated under the PPP
Act is in addition to the $100 billion allocated to healthcare providers for the same purposes in the CARES Act and has been disbursed
to providers under terms and conditions similar to the CARES Act funds. We received approximately $19.7 million of the initial
PHSSE funds distributed in April 2020. We received approximately $12.8 million of additional PHSSE funds in August 2020. In April
2021, we received $24.2 million of additional funds from the PHSSE Fund. We continue to evaluate our compliance with the terms
and conditions to, and the financial impact of, these additional funds received.
During the fourth quarter of 2020, we recorded $32.8 million of income from provider relief fund in the consolidated statements
of operations related to $34.9 million of PHSSE funds received from April through December 2020. Our recognition of this income
was based on revised guidance in the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (the “CAA”) enacted in December 2020. During the
fourth quarter of 2021, we recorded $17.9 million of income from provider relief fund on the consolidated statement of operations
related to the PHSSE funds received in 2021.
Using existing authority and certain expanded authority under the CARES Act, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services
(“HHS”) expanded CMS’ Accelerated and Advance Payment Program to a broader group of Medicare Part A and Part B providers for
the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic. Under the program, our facilities were eligible to request up to 100% of their Medicare
payment amount for a three-month period. Under the original terms of the program, the repayment of these accelerated/advanced
payments would have begun 120 days after the date of the issuance of the payment and the amounts advanced to our facilities would
have been recouped from new Medicare claims as a 100% offset. Our facilities would have had 210 days from the date the accelerated
or advance payment was made to repay the amounts that they owe.
On October 1, 2020, Congress amended the terms of the Accelerated and Advance Payment Program to extend the term of the
loan and adjust the repayment process. Under the new terms of the program, all providers will have 29 months from the date of their
first program payment to repay the full amount of the accelerated or advance payments they have received. The revised terms extend
the period before repayment begins from 210 days to one year from the date that payment under the program was received. Once the
repayment period begins, the offset will be limited to 25% of new claims during the first 11 months of repayment and 50% of new
claims during the final 6 months. The revised program terms also lower the interest rate on outstanding amounts due at the end of the
repayment period from 10% to 4%. We applied for and received approximately $45 million in April 2020 from this program. We
repaid approximately $25 million of the $45 million of advance payments during 2021 via recoupment from our new Medicare claims
and will continue to repay the remaining balance throughout 2022.
Also under the CARES Act, we received a 2% increase in our facilities’ Medicare reimbursement rate as a result of the
temporary suspension of Medicare sequestration from May 1, 2020 to March 31, 2022.
The CARES Act also provides for certain federal income and other tax changes, including an increase in the interest expense tax
deduction limitation and bonus depreciation of qualified improvement property. Furthermore, under the CARES Act, (i) for taxable
years beginning before 2021, net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and carrybacks may offset 100% of taxable income and (ii)
NOLs arising in 2018, 2019 and 2020 taxable years may be carried back to each of the preceding five years to generate a refund. As a
result, in 2019 and 2020 we received a benefit, in the form of refunds and lower future tax payments, of $51.6 million, consisting of
$22.8 million related to interest expense, $20.5 million related to qualified improvement property legislation, and an $8.3 million
permanent benefit due to the loss being able to be carried back at a 35% tax rate to offset income in tax years prior to 2018 (21% for
tax years after 2017). We also received a cash benefit of approximately $39 million for 2020 relating to the delay of payment of the
employer portion of Social Security payroll taxes, as enacted by the CARES Act. Additionally, we repaid half of the $39 million of
payroll tax deferrals during the third quarter of 2021 and expect to repay the remaining portion in the second half of 2022.
In addition to the financial and other relief that has been provided by the federal government through the CARES Act and other
legislation passed by Congress, CMS and many state governments have also issued waivers and temporary suspensions of healthcare
facility licensure, certification, and reimbursement requirements in order to provide hospitals, physicians, and other healthcare
11
providers with increased flexibility to meet the challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, CMS and many state
governments have temporarily eased regulatory requirements and burdens for delivering and being reimbursed for healthcare services
provided remotely through telemedicine. CMS has also temporarily waived many provisions of the Stark law, including many of the
provisions affecting our relationships with physicians. Many states have also suspended the enforcement of certain regulatory
requirements to ensure that healthcare providers have sufficient capacity to treat COVID-19 patients. These regulatory changes are
temporary, with most slated to expire at the end of the declared COVID-19 public health emergency.
We are continuing to evaluate the terms and conditions and financial impact of funds received under the CARES Act and other
government relief programs.
Corporate Integrity Agreement
During the second quarter of 2019, we entered into a corporate integrity agreement (the “CIA”) with the OIG imposing certain
compliance obligations on us and our subsidiary, CRC Health. For further discussion of the background of this matter and the CIA,
see “Item 1A. Risk Factors— We could be subject to monetary penalties and other sanctions, including exclusion from federal
healthcare programs, if we fail to comply with the terms of the CIA”
Risk Management and Insurance
The healthcare industry in general continues to experience an increase in the frequency and severity of litigation and claims. As
is typical in the healthcare industry, we are subject to claims that our services have resulted in injury to our patients or clients or other
adverse effects. In addition, resident, visitor and employee injuries also subject us to the risk of litigation. While management believes
that quality care is provided to patients and clients in our facilities and that we substantially comply with all applicable regulatory
requirements, an adverse determination in a legal proceeding or government investigation could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our statutory workers’ compensation program is fully insured with a $0.5 million deductible per accident. A portion of our
professional liability risks are insured through a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary. We are self-insured for professional liability
claims up to $3 million per claim through August 31, 2021 and $10.0 million thereafter, and have obtained reinsurance coverage from
a third party to cover claims in excess of the retention limit. The reinsurance policy has a coverage limit of $60.0 million in the
aggregate. Our reinsurance receivables are recognized consistent with the related liabilities and include known claims and any
incurred but not reported claims that are covered by current insurance policies in place.
Environmental Matters
We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws that: (i) regulate certain activities and operations that may
have environmental or health and safety effects, such as the handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of medical waste
products generated at our facilities, the identification and warning of the presence of asbestos-containing materials in buildings, as
well as the removal of such materials, the presence of other hazardous substances in the indoor environment and protection of the
environment and natural resources in connection with the development or construction of our facilities; (ii) impose liability for costs
of cleaning up, and damages to natural resources from, past spills, waste disposals on and off-site, or other releases of hazardous
materials or regulated substances; and (iii) regulate workplace safety. Some of our facilities generate infectious or other hazardous
medical waste due to the illness or physical condition of our patients. The management of infectious medical waste is subject to
regulation under various federal, state and local environmental laws, which establish management requirements for such waste. These
requirements include record-keeping, notice and reporting obligations. Each of our facilities has an agreement with a waste
management company for the disposal of medical waste. The use of such companies, however, does not completely protect us from
violations of medical waste laws or from related third-party claims for clean-up costs.
From time to time, our operations have resulted in, or may result in, non-compliance with, or liability pursuant to, environmental
or health and safety laws or regulations. Management believes that our operations are generally in compliance with environmental and
health and safety regulatory requirements or that any non-compliance will not result in a material liability or cost to achieve
compliance. Historically, the costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with environmental laws and regulations at our facilities
have not been material. However, we cannot assure you that future costs and expenses required for us to comply with any new or
changes in existing environmental and health and safety laws and regulations or new or discovered environmental conditions will not
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We have not been notified of and management is otherwise currently not aware of any contamination at our currently or
formerly operated facilities that could result in material liability or cost to us under environmental laws or regulations for the
investigation and remediation of such contamination, and we currently are not undertaking any remediation or investigation activities
in connection with any such contamination conditions. There may, however, be environmental conditions currently unknown to us
12
relating to our prior, existing or future sites or operations or those of predecessor companies whose liabilities we may have assumed or
acquired which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
New laws, regulations or policies or changes in existing laws, regulations or policies or their enforcement, future spills or
accidents or the discovery of currently unknown conditions or non-compliances may give rise to investigation and remediation
liabilities, compliance costs, fines and penalties, or liability and claims for alleged personal injury or property damage due to
substances or materials used in our operations, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
Competition
The healthcare industry is highly competitive. Our principal competitors include other behavioral healthcare service companies,
including Universal Health Services, Inc. (NYSE: UHS) and other hospitals and general healthcare facilities that provide mental
health services. An important part of our business strategy is to continue making targeted acquisitions of other behavioral health
facilities. However, reduced capacity, the passage of mental health parity legislation and increased demand for mental health services
are likely to attract other potential buyers, including diversified healthcare companies, other pure-play behavioral healthcare
companies and private equity firms.
In addition to the competition we face for acquisitions, we must also compete for patients. Patients are referred to our behavioral
healthcare facilities through a number of different sources, including healthcare practitioners, public programs, other treatment
facilities, managed care organizations, unions, emergency departments, judicial officials, social workers, police departments and word
of mouth from previously treated patients and their families, among others. These referral sources may instead refer patients to
hospitals that are able to provide a full suite of medical services or to other behavioral healthcare centers.
Human Capital
At December 31, 2021, we had approximately 22,500 employees, of which 15,900 were employed full-time. At December 31,
2021, labor unions represented approximately 462 of our employees at two of our facilities through six collective bargaining
agreements. Organizing activities by labor unions and certain potential changes in federal labor laws and regulations could increase
the likelihood of employee unionization in the future.
Typically, our inpatient facilities are staffed by a chief executive officer, medical director, director of nursing, chief financial
officer, clinical director and director of performance improvement. Psychiatrists and other physicians working in our facilities are
licensed medical professionals who are generally not employed by us and work in our facilities as independent contractors or medical
staff members.
Diversity and Inclusion
We are committed to maintaining a welcoming and inclusive environment that treats everyone with dignity and respect.
Approximately 74% of our employees are women and approximately 47% are people of color. We have policies that strictly prohibit
any discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, age, religion, disability, gender, marital status, veteran status or any
other basis prohibited by federal, state or local law.
Talent Acquisition, Development and Retention
Our success is dependent on our ability to attract, develop and retain talented, dedicated employees. We are committed to being
an employer of choice and offer a compelling total rewards program. In addition to base salaries, we offer our employees a full
spectrum of benefits, including medical, dental, vision and disability plans, health savings and flexible spending accounts, a 401(k)
retirement savings plan that includes a matching contribution, paid time off and employee assistance programs. We also conduct
comprehensive employee satisfaction surveys to assess and ensure that we are responsive to the desires and concerns of our
employees.
Health and Safety
We are committed to providing care to our patients in a safe, therapeutic environment. In furtherance of this commitment, we
provide our employees with access to a variety of workplace safety training programs and continually evaluate our policies promoting
patient safety and employee wellbeing. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented numerous changes to our policies
and procedures to ensure the health of our patients, employees, contractors and communities, including instituting social distancing
practices and protective measures throughout our facilities, which included restricting or suspending visitor access, screening patients
13
and staff who enter our facilities based on criteria established by the CDC and local health officials, and testing and isolating patients
when warranted.
Seasonality of Demand for Services
Our residential recovery and other inpatient facilities typically experience lower patient volumes and revenue during the
holidays, and our child and adolescent facilities typically experience lower patient volumes and revenue during the summer months,
holidays and other periods when school is out of session.
Available Information
Our Internet website address is www.acadiahealthcare.com. We make available our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports free of charge on our website on the Investors
webpage under the caption “SEC Filings” as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or
furnished to, the SEC. Our website and the information contained therein or linked thereto are not intended to be incorporated into this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Risk Factors Summary
We are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties, including risks related to the COVID-19 global pandemic, financial risks,
operational risks, human capital risks, legal proceedings and regulatory risks and certain general risks, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Risks that we deem material are described
under “Risk Factors” below and include, but are not limited to, the following:
COVID-19 Risks
The COVID-19 global pandemic continues to impact our operations, business and financial condition, and our liquidity
could be negatively impacted, particularly if the U.S. economy remains unstable for a significant amount of time or if
patient volumes decline at our facilities.
There remains uncertainty regarding the impact of the CARES Act and other existing or future stimulus legislation, if
any. There can be no assurance as to the total amount of financial assistance or types of assistance we will receive or that
we will be able to comply with the applicable terms and conditions to retain such assistance.
An increase in uninsured or underinsured patients or the deterioration in the collectability of patient accounts receivables
could harm our results of operation.
Financial Risks
Our revenue and results of operations are significantly affected by payments received from the government and third-
party payors.
Our substantial debt could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our
financing arrangements.
Servicing our debt will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash to service our debt
depends on many factors beyond our control.
We are subject to a number of restrictive covenants, which may restrict our business and financing activities.
Despite our current debt level, we may incur significant additional amounts of debt, which could further exacerbate the
risks associated with our substantial debt.
If we default on our obligations to pay our debt, we may not be able to make payments on our financing arrangements.
The industry trend on value-based purchasing may negatively impact our revenue.
14
Operational Risks
An incident involving one or more of our patients or the failure by one or more of our facilities to provide appropriate
care could result in increased regulatory burdens, governmental investigations, negative publicity and adversely affect
the trading price of our common stock.
Our business growth and acquisition strategies expose us to a variety of operational and financial risks.
Joint ventures may use significant resources, may be unsuccessful and could expose us to unforeseen liabilities.
We care for a large number of vulnerable individuals with complex needs and any care quality deficiencies could
adversely impact our brand, reputation and ability to market our services effectively.
Our business could be disrupted if our information systems fail or if our databases are destroyed or damaged.
A disruption to our information technology systems or a cyber security incident could have a material adverse impact on
the Company, including substantial sanctions, fines, and damages and civil and criminal penalties under federal and state
privacy laws, in addition to reputational harm and increased costs.
Although we have facilities in 40 states and Puerto Rico, we have substantial operations in Pennsylvania, California,
Arizona and Tennessee, which makes us especially sensitive to regulatory, economic, environmental and competitive
conditions and changes in those locations.
If we fail to cultivate new or maintain established relationships with referral sources, our business, financial condition or
results of operations could be adversely affected.
We operate in a highly competitive industry, and competition may lead to declines in patient volumes.
Human Capital Risks
Our facilities face competition for staffing that may increase our labor costs and reduce our profitability.
Our performance depends on our ability to recruit and retain quality psychiatrists and other physicians.
Legal Proceedings and Regulatory Risks
We are and in the future could become the subject of additional governmental investigations, regulatory actions and
whistleblower lawsuits.
We could be subject to monetary penalties and other sanctions, including exclusion from federal healthcare programs, if
we fail to comply with the terms of the CIA.
We are and in the future may become involved in legal proceedings based on negligence or breach of a contractual or
statutory duty from service users or their family members or from employees or former employees.
If we fail to comply with extensive laws and government regulations, we could suffer penalties or be required to make
significant changes to our operations.
We could face risks associated with, or arising out of, environmental, health and safety laws and regulations.
General Risk Factors
Fluctuations in our operating results, quarter to quarter earnings and other factors, including factors outside our control,
may result in significant decreases in the price of our common stock.
Future sales of common stock by our existing stockholders may cause our stock price to fall.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they were to change their
recommendations regarding our stock adversely or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price
and trading volume could decline.
We incur substantial costs as a result of being a public company.
15
Risk Factors
Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. These
risks should be carefully considered before making an investment decision regarding us. The risks and uncertainties described below
are not the only ones we face and there may be additional risks that we are not presently aware of or that we currently consider not
likely to have a significant impact. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and operating results
could suffer, and the trading price of our common stock could decline.
COVID-19 Risks
The COVID-19 global pandemic continues to impact our operations, business and financial condition, and our liquidity could be
negatively impacted, particularly if the U.S. economy remains unstable for a significant amount of time or if patient volumes
decline at our facilities.
The global pandemic of COVID-19 is affecting our facilities, employees, patients, communities, business operations and
financial performance, as well as the broader U.S. economy and financial markets. During 2020 and 2021, COVID-19 resulted in
fewer referrals to our facilities and lower voluntary admissions as individuals were less inclined to leave their homes and seek
treatment. When employees and/or patients at a facility are infected with COVID-19, there is a risk that the virus will spread to others
at the facility and impact the operations of such facility. In response to the enactment of federal and state mandates requiring that all
healthcare workers be vaccinated for COVID-19 or qualify for an approved exemption, staff at our facilities could resign from
employment. COVID-19 is continuing to evolve and its full impact remains unknown and difficult to predict; however, it has
adversely affected our business operations in 2020 and 2021 and could negatively impact our financial performance for 2022 or
longer.
We could experience supply chain disruptions and significant price increases in equipment, pharmaceuticals and medical
supplies, particularly PPE. Pandemic-related staffing difficulties and equipment, pharmaceutical and medical supplies shortages may
impact our ability to treat patients at our facilities. Such shortages could lead to us paying higher prices for supplies, equipment and
labor and an increase in overtime hours paid to our employees.
The steps we have taken to mitigate the financial impact of COVID-19, see “Item 1. Business — COVID -19 Impact,” may not
be successful, and we could experience material decreases in Adjusted EBITDA in 2022 or longer. In addition, we may need to take
further steps to mitigate the financial impact of COVID-19, which actions could adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations.
Broad economic factors resulting from COVID-19, including high unemployment rates and reduced consumer spending, could
also negatively affect our payor mix, increase the relative proportion of lower margin services we provide and reduce patient volumes,
as well as diminish our ability to collect outstanding receivables. Business closings and layoffs in the areas in which we operate may
lead to increases in the uninsured and underinsured populations and adversely affect demand for our services, as well as the ability of
patients and other payors to pay for services as rendered. Any increase in the amount or deterioration in the collectability of patient
accounts receivable will adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations, requiring an increased level of working capital. If
general economic conditions continue to deteriorate or remain uncertain for an extended period of time, our liquidity and ability to
repay our outstanding debt may be adversely affected.
In addition, our results and financial condition may be further adversely affected by future federal or state laws, regulations,
orders, or other governmental or regulatory actions addressing the current COVID-19 pandemic or the U.S. healthcare system, which,
if adopted, could result in direct or indirect restrictions to our business. We may also be subject to negative press and/or lawsuits from
patients, employees and others exposed to COVID-19 at our facilities. Such actions may involve large demands, as well as substantial
costs to resolve. Our professional and general liability insurance may not cover all claims against us.
In addition, we may not be able to pursue organic growth initiatives and/or acquisition and joint venture opportunities
previously planned or expected for our business.
The foregoing and other continued disruptions to our business as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic have impacted our
business and may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and our ability
to service our indebtedness. Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic (including governmental responses, broad economic impacts and
market disruptions) has heightened the materiality of certain other risk factors described herein.
There is uncertainty regarding the impact of the CARES Act and other existing or future stimulus legislation, if any. There can be
no assurance as to the total amount of financial assistance or types of assistance we will receive or that we will be able to comply
with the applicable terms and conditions to retain such assistance.
The CARES Act is a $2 trillion economic stimulus package signed into law on March 27, 2020, in response to the COVID-19
pandemic. As part of the CARES Act, the U.S. government announced it would offer $100 billion of relief to eligible healthcare
16
providers through the PHSSE Fund. On April 24, 2020, then President Trump signed into law the PPP Act. Among other things, the
PPP Act allocates $75 billion to eligible healthcare providers to help offset COVID-19 related losses and expenses. The $75 billion
allocated under the PPP Act is in addition to the $100 billion allocated to healthcare providers for the same purposes in the CARES
Act and has been disbursed to providers under terms and conditions similar to the CARES Act funds. We received approximately
$19.7 million of the initial funds distributed from the PHSSE Fund in April 2020. We received an additional $12.8 million of PHSSE
funds in August 2020. In April 2021, we received $24.2 million of additional funds from the PHSSE Fund. We continue to evaluate
our compliance with the terms and conditions to, and the financial impact of, these additional funds received.
During the second quarter of 2020, we recorded $18.1 million of income from provider relief fund in the consolidated statement
of operations related to $19.7 million received from the PHSSE Fund during the quarter. This was subsequently reversed during the
third quarter of 2020. During the fourth quarter of 2020, we recorded $32.8 million of income from provider relief fund in the
consolidated statement of operations related to $34.9 million received from the PHSSE Fund from April through December 2020. Our
recognition of this income was based on revised guidance in the CAA enacted in December 2020. During the fourth quarter of 2021,
we recorded $17.9 million of income from provider relief fund on the consolidated statement of operations related to the PHSSE funds
received in 2021.
Using existing authority and certain expanded authority under the CARES Act, HHS expanded CMS’ Accelerated and Advance
Payment Program to a broader group of Medicare Part A and Part B providers for the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic. Under the
program, certain of our facilities were eligible to request up to 100% of their Medicare payment amount for a three-month period.
Under the original terms of the program, the repayment of these accelerated/advanced payments would have begun 120 days after the
date of the issuance of the payment and the amounts advanced to our facilities would have been recouped from new Medicare claims
as a 100% offset. Our facilities would have had 210 days from the date the accelerated or advance payment was made to repay the
amounts that they owe.
On October 1, 2020, Congress amended the terms of the Accelerated and Advance Payment Program to extend the term of the
loan and adjust the repayment process. Under the new terms of the program, all providers will have 29 months from the date of their
first program payment to repay the full amount of the accelerated or advance payments they have received. The revised terms extend
the period before repayment begins from 210 days to one year from the date that payment under the program was received. Once the
repayment period begins, the offset is limited to 25% of new claims during the first 11 months of repayment and 50% of new claims
during the final 6 months. The revised program terms also lower the interest rate on outstanding amounts due at the end of the
repayment period from 10% to 4%. We applied for and received approximately $45 million in April 2020 from this program. We
repaid approximately $25 million of the $45 million of advance payments during 2021, via recoupment from our new Medicare claims
and will continue to repay the remaining balance throughout 2022.
Under the CARES Act, we also received a 2% increase in our facilities’ Medicare reimbursement rate as a result of the
temporary suspension of Medicare sequestration from May 1, 2020 to March 31, 2022.
The CARES Act also provides for certain federal income and other tax changes, including an increase in the interest expense tax
deduction limitation and bonus depreciation of qualified improvement property. Furthermore, under the CARES Act, (i) for taxable
years beginning before 2021, NOL carryforwards and carrybacks may offset 100% of taxable income and (ii) NOLs arising in 2018,
2019 and 2020 taxable years may be carried back to each of the preceding five years to generate a refund. As a result, in 2019 and
2020 we received a benefit, in the form of refunds and lower future tax payments, of $51.6 million, consisting of $22.8 million related
to interest expense, $20.5 million related to qualified improvement property legislation, and an $8.3 million permanent benefit due to
the loss being able to be carried back at a 35% tax rate to offset income in tax years prior to 2018 (21% for tax years after 2017). We
also received a cash benefit of approximately $39 million for 2020 relating to the delay of payment of the employer portion of Social
Security payroll taxes, as enacted by the CARES Act. Additionally, we repaid half of the $39 million of payroll tax deferrals during
the third quarter of 2021 and expect to repay the remaining portion in the second half of 2022.
In addition to the financial and other relief that has been provided by the federal government through the CARES Act and other
legislation passed by Congress, CMS and many state governments have also issued waivers and temporary suspensions of healthcare
facility licensure, certification, and reimbursement requirements in order to provide hospitals, physicians, and other healthcare
providers with increased flexibility to meet the challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, CMS and many state
governments have temporarily eased regulatory requirements and burdens for delivering and being reimbursed for healthcare services
provided remotely through telemedicine. CMS has also temporarily waived many provisions of the Stark law, including many of the
provisions affecting our relationships with physicians. Many states have also suspended the enforcement of certain regulatory
requirements to ensure that healthcare providers have sufficient capacity to treat COVID-19 patients. These regulatory changes are
temporary, with most slated to expire at the end of the declared COVID-19 public health emergency.
We are continuing to evaluate the terms and conditions and financial impact of funds received under the CARES Act and other
government relief programs.
17
An increase in uninsured or underinsured patients or the deterioration in the collectability of patient accounts receivables could
harm our results of operation.
Collection of receivables from third-party payors and patients is critical to our operating performance. Our primary collection
risks relate to uninsured patients and the portion of the bill that is the patient’s responsibility, which primarily includes co-payments
and deductibles. We determine the transaction price based on established billing rates reduced by contractual adjustments provided to
third-party payors, discounts provided to uninsured patients and implicit price concessions. Contractual adjustments and discounts are
based on contractual agreements, discount policies and historical experience. Implicit price concessions are based on historical
collection experience. At December 31, 2021, our estimated implicit price concessions represented approximately 15% of our
accounts receivable balance as of such date.
Significant changes in business office operations, payor mix, economic conditions or trends in federal and state governmental
health coverage could affect our collection of accounts receivable, cash flow and results of operations. If we experience unexpected
increases in the growth of uninsured and underinsured patients or in bad debt expenses, our results of operations will be harmed.
Financial Risks
Our revenue and results of operations are significantly affected by payments received from the government and third-party payors.
A significant portion of our revenue is derived from government healthcare programs. For the year ended December 31, 2021,
we derived approximately 65% of our continuing operations revenue from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.
Government payors in the U.S., such as Medicaid, generally reimburse us on a fee-for-service basis based on predetermined
reimbursement rate schedules. As a result, we are limited in the amount we can record as revenue for our services from these
government programs, and if we have a cost increase, we typically will not be able to recover this increase. In addition, the federal
government and many state governments, are operating under significant budgetary pressures, and they may seek to reduce payments
under their Medicaid programs for services such as those we provide. Government payors also tend to pay on a slower schedule. In
addition to limiting the amounts they will pay for the services we provide their members, government payors may, among other
things, impose prior authorization and concurrent utilization review programs that may further limit the services for which they will
pay and shift patients to lower levels of care and reimbursement. Therefore, if governmental entities reduce the amounts they will pay
for our services, if they elect not to continue paying for such services altogether, or if there is a significant contraction of the number
of individuals covered by state Medicaid programs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely
affected. In addition, if governmental entities slow their payment cycles further, our cash flow from operations could be negatively
affected.
Commercial payors such as managed care organizations, private health insurance programs and labor unions generally
reimburse us for the services rendered to insured patients based upon contractually determined rates. These commercial payors are
under significant pressure to control healthcare costs. In addition to limiting the amounts they will pay for the services we provide
their members, commercial payors may, among other things, impose prior authorization and concurrent utilization review programs
that may further limit the services for which they will pay and shift patients to lower levels of care and reimbursement. These actions
may reduce the amount of revenue we derive from commercial payors.
Changes in these government programs in recent years have resulted in limitations on reimbursement and, in some cases,
reduced levels of reimbursement for healthcare services. Payments from federal and state government healthcare programs are subject
to statutory and regulatory changes, administrative rulings, interpretations and determinations, requirements for utilization review, and
federal and state funding restrictions, all of which could materially increase or decrease program payments, as well as affect the cost
of providing service to patients and the timing of payments to facilities. We are unable to predict the effect of recent and future policy
changes on our operations. In addition, since most states operate with balanced budgets and since the Medicaid program is often a
state’s largest program, some states can be expected to enact or consider enacting legislation formulated to reduce their Medicaid
expenditures. If the rates paid or the scope of services covered by government payors are reduced, there could be a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to changes in government reimbursement programs, our ability to negotiate favorable contracts with private payors,
including managed care providers, significantly affects the financial condition and operating results of our facilities. Management
expects third-party payors to aggressively manage reimbursement levels and cost controls. Reductions in reimbursement amounts
received from third-party payors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
18
Our substantial debt could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our financing
arrangements.
At December 31, 2021, we had approximately $1.5 billion of total debt (net of debt issuance costs, discounts and premiums of
$14.8 million), which included approximately $587.0 million of debt under the New Credit Facility, $450.0 million of debt under the
5.500% Senior Notes and $475.0 million of debt under the 5.000% Senior Notes. See “Item 1. Business—Financing Transactions” for
additional details regarding our outstanding indebtedness.
Our substantial debt could have important consequences to our business. For example, it could:
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our other financial obligations;
restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or cause us to make non-strategic divestitures;
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt (including scheduled
repayments on our outstanding term loan borrowings under the New Credit Facility), thereby reducing the availability of
our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;
expose us to interest rate fluctuations because the interest on the New Credit Facility is imposed at variable rates;
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations to our lenders, resulting in possible defaults on and acceleration of
such debt;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;
limit our ability to borrow additional funds; and
limit our ability to pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions.
In addition, the terms of our financing arrangements contain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities
that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not
cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debts, including the New Credit Facility and the Senior Notes.
Servicing our debt will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash to service our debt depends on
many factors beyond our control.
Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our debt, to fund planned capital expenditures and to maintain sufficient
working capital will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic,
financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.
We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be
available to us under the New Credit Facility or from other sources in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our debt or to fund
our other liquidity needs. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to allow us to make scheduled payments on our debt,
we may need to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance all or a portion of
our debt on or before the maturity thereof, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or
results of operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our debt on commercially reasonable terms or at
all, or that the terms of that debt will allow any of the above alternative measures or that these measures would satisfy our scheduled
debt service obligations. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to repay or refinance our debt on favorable terms, it could
significantly adversely affect our financial condition and the value of our outstanding debt. Our ability to restructure or refinance our
debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher
interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations.
We are subject to a number of restrictive covenants, which may restrict our business and financing activities.
Our financing arrangements impose, and the terms of any future debt may impose, operating and other restrictions on us. Such
restrictions affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, among other things, our and our subsidiaries’ ability to:
incur or guarantee additional debt and issue certain preferred stock;
pay dividends on our common stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our equity interests or subordinated debt;
19
transfer or sell our assets;
make certain payments or investments;
make capital expenditures;
create certain liens on assets;
create restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us;
engage in certain transactions with our affiliates; and
merge or consolidate with other companies.
The New Credit Facility also requires us to meet certain financial ratios, including a fixed charge coverage ratio and a
consolidated leverage ratio. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—
Liquidity and Capital Resources —New Credit Facility”.
The restrictions may prevent us from taking actions that management believes would be in the best interests of our business, and
may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly
restricted. We also may incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive covenants that could affect our
financial and operational flexibility. Our ability to comply with these covenants in future periods will largely depend on the pricing of
our products and services, our success at implementing cost reduction initiatives and our ability to successfully implement our overall
business strategy. We cannot assure you that we will be granted waivers or amendments to our financing arrangements if for any
reason we are unable to comply with our financial covenants. The breach of any of these covenants and restrictions could result in a
default under the indentures governing the Senior Notes or under the New Credit Facility, which could result in an acceleration of our
debt.
Despite our current debt level, we may incur significant additional amounts of debt, which could further exacerbate the risks
associated with our substantial debt.
We may incur substantial additional debt, including additional notes and other debt, in the future. Although the indentures
governing our outstanding Senior Notes and the New Credit Facility contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt, these
restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions, and under certain circumstances, the amount of debt
that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If new debt is added to our existing debt levels, the
related risks that we now face would intensify and we may not be able to meet all our debt obligations.
If we default on our obligations to pay our debt, we may not be able to make payments on our financing arrangements.
Any default under the agreements governing our debt, including a default under the New Credit Facility or the indentures
governing our Senior Notes, and the remedies sought by the holders of such debt, could adversely affect our ability to pay the
principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the Senior Notes. If we are
unable to generate sufficient cash flows and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal,
premium, if any, and interest on our debt, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and
operating covenants, in the instruments governing our debt (including the New Credit Facility and the indentures governing the Senior
Notes), we would be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such debt. In the event of such default, the holders of
such debt could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, the lenders under the New Credit Facility
could elect to terminate their commitments or cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, or
we could be forced to apply all available cash flows to repay such debt, and, in any such case, we could ultimately be forced into
bankruptcy or liquidation. Because the indentures governing the Senior Notes and the agreement governing the New Credit Facility
have customary cross-default provisions, if the debt under the Senior Notes or the New Credit Facility is accelerated, we may be
unable to repay or refinance the amounts due.
We have recorded impairment charges and may be required to record additional charges to future earnings if our goodwill,
intangible assets and property and equipment become further impaired.
We are required under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) to review annually, or more frequently if events
indicate the carrying value of a reporting unit may not be recoverable, our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for
impairment. There were no impairment charges recorded for the 2021 annual impairment review. Loss on impairment was $24.3
million for the year ended December 31, 2021. During the second quarter of 2021, we opened a 260-bed replacement facility in
Pennsylvania and recorded a non-cash property impairment charge of $23.2 million for the existing facility. Additionally, during the
third quarter of 2021, we recorded a $1.1 million non-cash property impairment charge for one facility in Louisiana resulting from
hurricane damage. The 2020 impairment charges related to adjustments in the carrying value of certain closed facilities during our
20
annual impairment review. We may be required to record additional charges to earnings during any period in which a further
impairment of our goodwill, intangible assets and property and equipment is determined which could adversely affect our results of
operations. Our evaluation of goodwill and the need for any further impairment in subsequent periods is sensitive to revisions to our
current projections. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations— Critical
Accounting Policies — Property and Equipment and other Long-Lived Assets” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations— Critical Accounting Policies — Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets”
for additional information.
Our operating costs are subject to increases in the wages and salaries of our staff.
The most significant operating expense for our facilities is wage costs, which represent the staff costs incurred in providing our
services and running our facilities, and which are primarily driven by the number of employees and pay rates. The number of
employees employed by us is primarily linked to the number of facilities we operate and the number of individuals cared for by us.
While we can reduce the number of employees should occupancy rates decrease at our facilities, there is a limit on the extent to which
this can be done without impacting quality of our services.
We also have a number of recurring costs including insurance, utilities and rental costs, and may face increases to other
recurring costs such as regulatory compliance costs. There can be no assurance that any of our recurring costs will not grow at a faster
rate than our revenue. As a result, any increase in our operating costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
We are subject to volatility in the global capital and credit markets as well as significant developments in macroeconomic and
political conditions that are out of our control.
Our business can be affected by a number of factors that are beyond our control, such as general macroeconomic conditions,
conditions in the financial services markets, geopolitical conditions and other general political and economic developments. In
particular, we have historically financed the development of new facilities and the modification of our existing facilities through a
variety of sources, including our own cash reserves and debt financing. While we intend to seek to finance new and existing
developments from similar sources in the future, there may be insufficient cash reserves to fund the budgeted capital expenditure and
market conditions and other factors may prevent us from obtaining debt financing on appropriate terms or at all. In addition, market
conditions may limit the number of financial institutions that are willing to provide financing to landlords with whom we wish to
contract to build homes for learning disability services, new schools or new mental health facilities which can then be made available
to us under a long-term operating lease. If conditions in the global economy remain uncertain or weaken further, this could materially
adversely impact our ADC, which would have a corresponding negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
A worsening of the economic and employment conditions in the geographies in which we operate could materially affect our
business and future results of operations.
During periods of high unemployment, governmental entities often experience budget deficits as a result of increased costs and
lower than expected tax collections. These budget deficits at the federal, state and local levels have decreased, and may continue to
decrease, spending for health and human service programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, which are significant payor sources for
our facilities. In periods of high unemployment, we also face the risk of potential declines in the population covered under private
insurance, patient decisions to postpone or decide against receiving behavioral healthcare services, potential increases in the uninsured
and underinsured populations we serve and further difficulties in collecting patient co-payment and deductible receivables.
A sizable portion of our revenue from certain residential recovery, eating disorder facilities, comprehensive treatment centers
and youth programs is from self-payors. Accordingly, a sustained downturn in the U.S. economy could restrain the ability of our
patients and the families of our students to pay for services.
Furthermore, the availability of liquidity and capital resources to fund the continuation and expansion of many business
operations worldwide has been limited in recent years. Our ability to access the capital markets on acceptable terms may be severely
restricted at a time when we would like, or need, access to those markets, which could have a negative impact on our growth plans,
our flexibility to react to changing economic and business conditions and our ability to refinance existing debt (including debt under
the New Credit Facility and the Senior Notes). A sustained economic downturn or other economic conditions could also adversely
affect the counterparties to our agreements, including the lenders under the New Credit Facility, causing them to fail to meet their
obligations to us.
The industry trend on value-based purchasing may negatively impact our revenue.
There is a trend in the healthcare industry toward value-based purchasing of healthcare services. These value-based purchasing
programs include both public reporting of quality data and preventable adverse events tied to the quality and efficiency of care
21
provided by facilities. Governmental programs including Medicare and Medicaid currently require hospitals to report certain quality
data to receive full reimbursement updates. In addition, Medicare does not reimburse for care related to certain preventable adverse
events. Many large commercial payors currently require hospitals to report quality data, and several commercial payors do not
reimburse hospitals for certain preventable adverse events.
We expect value-based purchasing programs, including programs that condition reimbursement on patient outcome measures, to
become more common and to involve a higher percentage of reimbursement amounts. We are unable at this time to predict how this
trend will affect our results of operations, but it could negatively impact our revenue if we are unable to meet quality standards
established by both governmental and private payers.
The trend by insurance companies and managed care organizations to enter into sole-source contracts may limit our ability to
obtain patients.
Insurance companies and managed care organizations are entering into sole-source contracts with healthcare providers, which
could limit our ability to obtain patients since we do not offer the range of services required for these contracts. Moreover, private
insurers, managed care organizations and, to a lesser extent, Medicaid and Medicare, are beginning to carve-out specific services,
including mental health and substance abuse services, and establish small, specialized networks of providers for such services at fixed
reimbursement rates. Continued growth in the use of carve-out arrangements could materially adversely affect our business to the
extent we are not selected to participate in such networks or if the reimbursement rate in such networks is not adequate to cover the
cost of providing the service.
Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we are
unable to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to report our financial information on a timely
basis, may suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violations of NASDAQ listing rules and may breach the covenants under our
financing arrangements. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and
the reliability of our financial statements. If we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify any material weakness in
our internal control over financial reporting in the future (including any material weakness in the controls of businesses we have
acquired), their correction could require additional remedial measures which could be costly, time-consuming and could have a
material adverse effect on our business.
We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
We intend to retain our future earnings, if any, for use in our business or for other corporate purposes and do not anticipate that
cash dividends with respect to common stock will be paid in the foreseeable future. Any decision as to the future payment of
dividends will depend on our results of operations, financial position and such other factors as our board of directors, in its discretion,
deems relevant. In addition, the terms of our debt substantially limit our ability to pay dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if
any, of our common stock will be a stockholder’s sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.
Operational Risks
An incident involving one or more of our patients or the failure by one or more of our facilities to provide appropriate care could
result in increased regulatory burdens, governmental investigations, negative publicity and adversely affect the trading price of our
common stock.
Because many of the patients we treat suffer from severe mental health and chemical dependency disorders, patient incidents,
including deaths, sexual abuse, assaults and elopements, occur from time to time. If one or more of our facilities experiences an
adverse patient incident or is found to have failed to provide appropriate patient care, an admissions hold, loss of accreditation, license
revocation or other adverse regulatory action could be taken against us. Any such patient incident or adverse regulatory action could
result in governmental investigations, judgments or fines and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations. In addition, we have been and could become the subject of negative publicity or unfavorable media attention,
whether warranted or unwarranted, that could have a significant, adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock or adversely
impact our reputation and how our referral sources and payors view us.
Our business growth and acquisition strategies expose us to a variety of operational and financial risks.
A principal element of our business strategy is to grow by acquiring other companies and assets in the behavioral healthcare
industry. Growth, especially rapid growth, through acquisitions exposes us to a variety of operational and financial risks. We
summarize the most significant of these risks below.
22
Integration risks
We must integrate our acquisitions with our existing operations. This process includes the integration of the various components
of our business and of the businesses we have acquired or may acquire in the future, including the following:
additional psychiatrists, other physicians and employees who are not familiar with our operations;
patients who may elect to switch to another behavioral healthcare provider;
regulatory compliance programs; and
disparate operating, information and record keeping systems and technology platforms.
Integrating a new facility could be expensive and time consuming and could disrupt our ongoing business, negatively affect cash
flow and distract management and other key personnel from day-to-day operations.
We may not be able to successfully combine the operations of acquired facilities with our operations, and even if such
integration is accomplished, we may never realize the potential benefits of the acquisition. The integration of acquisitions with our
operations requires significant attention from management, may impose substantial demands on our operations or other projects and
may impose challenges on the combined business including, but not limited to, consistencies in business standards, procedures,
policies, business cultures and internal controls and compliance. Certain acquisitions involve a capital outlay, and the return that we
achieve on any capital invested may be less than the return that we would achieve on our other projects or investments. If we fail to
complete the integration of acquired facilities, we may never fully realize the potential benefits of the related acquisitions.
Successful integration depends on the ability to effect any required changes in operations or personnel, which may entail
unforeseen liabilities. The integration of acquired businesses may expose us to certain risks, including the following: difficulty in
integrating these businesses in a cost-effective manner, including the establishment of effective management information and financial
control systems; unforeseen legal, regulatory, contractual, employment or other issues arising out of the combination; combining
corporate cultures; maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees; potential disruptions to our on-going business caused
by our senior management’s focus on integrating these businesses; and performance of the combined assets not meeting our
expectations or plans. A failure to properly integrate these businesses could have a corresponding material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.
Benefits may not materialize
When evaluating potential acquisition targets, we identify potential synergies and cost savings that we expect to realize upon
the successful completion of the acquisition and the integration of the related operations. We may, however, be unable to achieve or
may otherwise never realize the expected benefits. Our ability to realize the expected benefits from potential cost savings and revenue
improvement opportunities is subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of
which are beyond our control, such as changes to government regulation governing or otherwise impacting the behavioral healthcare
industry, reductions in reimbursement rates from third-party payors, reductions in service levels under our contracts, operating
difficulties, client preferences, changes in competition and general economic or industry conditions. If we are unsuccessful in
implementing these improvements or if we do not achieve our expected results, it may adversely impact our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
Assumptions of unknown liabilities
Facilities that we acquire may have unknown or contingent liabilities, including, but not limited to, liabilities for uncertain tax
positions, liabilities for failure to comply with healthcare laws and regulations and liabilities for unresolved litigation or regulatory
reviews. Although we typically attempt to exclude significant liabilities from our acquisition transactions and seek indemnification
from the sellers of such facilities, the purchase agreement for some of our significant acquisitions contain minimal representations and
warranties about the entities and business that we acquired. In addition, we have no indemnification rights against the sellers under
some purchase agreements and all of the purchase price consideration was paid at closing. Therefore, we may incur material liabilities
for the past activities of acquired entities and facilities. Even in those acquisitions in which we have such rights, we may experience
difficulty enforcing the sellers’ obligations, or we may incur material liabilities for the past activities of acquired facilities. Such
liabilities and related legal or other costs and/or resulting damage to a facility’s reputation could negatively impact our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
23
Competing for acquisitions
We face competition for acquisition candidates primarily from other for-profit healthcare companies, as well as from not-for-
profit entities. Some of our competitors may have greater resources than we do. As a result, we may pay more to acquire a target
business or may agree to less favorable deal terms than we would have otherwise. Our principal competitors for acquisitions have
included UHS and private equity firms. Also, suitable acquisitions may not be accomplished due to unfavorable terms. Further, the
cost of an acquisition could result in a dilutive effect on our results of operations, depending on various factors, including the amount
paid for an acquired facility, the acquired facility’s results of operations, the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed,
effects of subsequent legislation and limits on rate increases. In addition, we may have to pay cash, incur debt, or issue equity
securities to pay for any such acquisition, which could adversely affect our financial results, result in dilution to our stockholders,
result in increased fixed obligations or impede our ability to manage our operations. There can be no assurances that we will be able to
acquire facilities at historical or expected rates or on favorable terms.
Managing growth
Some of the facilities we have acquired or may acquire in the future may have had significantly lower operating margins prior to
the time of our acquisition or may have had operating losses prior to such acquisition. If we fail to improve the operating margins of
the facilities we acquire, operate such facilities profitably or effectively integrate the operations of the acquired facilities, our results of
operations could be negatively impacted.
Joint ventures may use significant resources, may be unsuccessful and could expose us to unforeseen liabilities.
As part of our growth strategy, we have completed, and have announced plans to complete, a number of joint ventures and
strategic alliances. These joint ventures may involve significant cash expenditures, debt incurrence, additional operating losses and
expenses, and compliance risks that could negatively impact our business, financial condition or results of operations. Further, there is
often a significant delay between our formation of a joint venture and the time that a de novo facility can be constructed and have a
positive financial impact on our results of operations.
The nature of a joint venture requires us to consult with and share certain decision-making powers with unaffiliated third parties,
some of which may be not-for-profit healthcare systems. If our joint venture partners do not fulfill their obligations, the affected joint
venture may not be able to operate according to its business or strategic plans. In that case, our financial condition and results of
operations may be materially adversely affected or we may be required to increase our level of financial commitment to the joint
venture. Moreover, differences in economic or business interests or goals among joint venture participants could result in delayed
decisions, failures to agree on major issues and even litigation. If these differences cause the joint ventures to deviate from their
business or strategic plans, or if our joint venture partners take actions contrary to our policies, objectives or the best interests of the
joint venture, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted. In addition, our relationships
with not-for-profit healthcare systems and the joint venture agreements that govern these relationships are intended to be structured to
comply with current revenue rulings published by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), as well as case law relevant to joint ventures
between for-profit and not-for-profit healthcare entities. Material changes in these authorities could adversely affect our relationships
with not-for-profit healthcare systems and related joint venture arrangements.
We incur significant transaction-related costs in connection with acquisitions and other strategic transactions.
We incur substantial costs in connection with acquisitions and other strategic transactions, including transaction-related
expenses. In addition, we may incur additional costs to maintain employee morale, retain key employees, and to formulate and execute
integration plans. Although we expect that the elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to
the integration of acquired businesses, should allow us to more than offset incremental transaction and acquisition-related costs over
time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.
We care for a large number of vulnerable individuals with complex needs and any care quality deficiencies could adversely impact
our brand, reputation and ability to market our services effectively.
Our future growth will partly depend on our ability to maintain our reputation for providing quality patient care and, through
new programs and marketing activities, increased demand for our services. Factors such as increased acuity of our patients, health and
safety incidents at our facilities, regulatory enforcement actions, negative press or general customer dissatisfaction could lead to
deterioration in the level of our quality ratings or the public perception of the quality of our services (including as a result of negative
publicity about our industry generally), which in turn could lead to a loss of patient placements, referrals and self-pay patients or
service users. Any impairment of our reputation, loss of goodwill or damage to the value of our brand name could have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
24
Many of our service users have complex medical conditions or special needs, are vulnerable and often require a substantial level
of care and supervision. There is a risk that one or more service users could be harmed by one or more of our employees, either
intentionally, through negligence or by accident. Further, individuals cared for by us have in the past engaged, and may in the future
engage, in behavior that results in harm to themselves, our employees or to one or more other individuals, including members of the
public. A serious incident involving harm to one or more service users or other individuals could result in negative publicity. Such
negative publicity could have a material adverse effect on our brand, reputation and ADC, which would have a corresponding negative
impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, the damage to our reputation or to the reputation of
the relevant facility from any such incident could be exacerbated by any failure on our part to respond effectively to such incident.
Our ability to grow our business through organic expansion either by developing new facilities or by modifying existing facilities is
dependent upon many factors.
Our ability to grow our business through organic expansion is dependent on capacity and occupancy at our facilities. Should
our facilities reach maximum occupancy, we may need to implement other growth strategies either by developing new facilities or by
modifying existing facilities.
Our facilities typically need to be purpose-designed in order to enable the type and quality of service that we provide.
Consequently, we must either develop sites to create facilities or purchase or lease existing facilities, which may require substantial
modification. We must be able to identify suitable sites and there is no guarantee that such sites will be available at all, or at an
economically viable cost or in areas of sufficient demand for our services. The subsequent successful development and construction of
a new facility is contingent upon, among other things, negotiation of construction contracts, regulatory permits and planning consents
and satisfactory completion of construction. Similarly, our ability to expand existing facilities is also dependent upon various factors,
including identification of appropriate expansion projects, permitting, licensure, financing, integration into our relationships with
payors and referral sources, and margin pressure as new facilities are filled with patients.
Delays caused by difficulties in respect of any of the above factors may lead to cost overruns and longer periods before a return
is generated on an investment, if at all. We may incur significant capital expenditure but due to a regulatory, planning or other reason,
may find that we are prevented from opening a new facility or modifying an existing facility. Moreover, even when incurring such
development capital expenditure, there is no guarantee that we can fill beds when they become available. Upon operational
commencement of a new facility, we typically expect that it will take approximately 12-18 months to reach our targeted occupancy
level. Any delays or stoppages in our projects, the unsatisfactory completion or construction of such projects or the failure of such
projects to increase our occupancy levels could have a material adverse effect on our ADC, which would have a corresponding
negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business could be disrupted if our information systems fail or if our databases are destroyed or damaged.
Our information technology (“IT”) platform supports, among other things, management control of patient administration,
billing and financial information and reporting processes. For example, patients in some of our facilities have an electronic patient
record that allows our caregivers and nurses to see all information about a patient’s care and treatment. Our IT systems are subject to
damage or interruption from power outages, facility damage, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security
breaches including credit card or personally identifiable information breaches, vandalism, theft, natural disasters, catastrophic events,
human error and potential cyber threats, including malicious codes, worms, phishing attacks, denial of service attacks, ransomware
and other sophisticated cyber-attacks, and our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all eventualities. Although we have
taken measures to mitigate potential IT security risks and have IT continuity plans across our business intended to minimize the
impact of IT failures, there can be no assurance that such measures and plans will be effective. Any failure in or breach of our IT
systems could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
A cyber security incident could have a material adverse impact on the Company, including substantial sanctions, fines, and
damages and civil and criminal penalties under federal and state privacy laws, in addition to reputational harm and increased
costs.
We have experienced adverse IT events in the past including a criminal ransomware attack on our computer network which
resulted in a temporary systems outage, as well as attempts of computer hacking, vandalism and theft, malware, computer viruses,
malicious codes, worms, phishing and other cyber-attacks. To date, we have seen no material impact on our business or operations
from these attacks or events. However, it is widely reported that healthcare companies are increasingly prime targets for cyber-attacks
and we expect our systems to continue to be subject to attack on a regular basis.
The proliferation of ever-evolving cyber threats mean that we and our third-party service providers and vendors must
continually evaluate and adapt our respective systems and processes and overall security environment, as well as those of any
operations we acquire. As cyber criminals continue to become more sophisticated through evolution of their tactics, techniques and
25
procedures, we have taken, and will continue to take, additional preventive measures to strengthen the cyber defenses of our networks
and data. There is no guarantee that these measures will be adequate to safeguard against all data security breaches, system
compromises, or misuses of data.
We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches or to
alleviate problems caused by breaches, including unauthorized access to patient data and personally identifiable information stored in
our IT systems, and the introduction of computer viruses or other malicious software programs to our systems, and cyber-attacks,
email phishing schemes, malware, and ransomware. Moreover, a security breach, or threat thereof, could require that we expend
significant resources to repair or improve our information systems and infrastructure and could distract management and other key
personnel from performing their primary operational duties. In the event of a material breach or cyber-attack, the associated expenses
and losses may exceed our current insurance coverage for such events. In addition, some adverse consequences are not insurable, such
as reputational harm and third-party business interruption.
A cyber-attack that bypasses our IT security systems, or other adverse IT event, resulting in an IT security breach, loss of PHI or
other data subject to privacy laws, loss of proprietary business information, or a material disruption of our IT business systems, could
have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any successful cybersecurity attack or
other unauthorized attempt to access our systems or facilities could result in negative publicity which could damage our reputation or
brand with our patients, referral sources, payors, or other third parties and could subject us to substantial sanctions, fines, and damages
and civil and criminal penalties under federal and state privacy laws, in addition to litigation with those affected.
We may fail to deal with clinical waste in accordance with applicable regulations or otherwise be in breach of relevant medical,
health and safety or environmental laws and regulations.
As part of our normal business activities, we produce and store clinical waste which may produce effects harmful to the
environment or human health. The storage and transportation of such waste is strictly regulated. Our waste disposal services are
outsourced and should the relevant service provider fail to comply with relevant regulations, we could face sanctions or fines which
could adversely affect our brand, reputation, business or financial condition. Health and safety risks are inherent in the services that
we provide and are constantly present in our facilities, primarily in respect of food and water quality, as well as fire safety and the risk
that service users may cause harm to themselves, other service users or employees. From time to time, we have experienced, like other
providers of similar services, undesirable health and safety incidents. Some of our activities are particularly exposed to significant
medical risks relating to the transmission of infections or the prescription and administration of drugs for residents and patients. If any
of the above medical or health and safety risks were to materialize, we may be held liable, fined and any registration certificate could
be suspended or withdrawn for failure to comply with applicable regulations, which may have a material adverse impact on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
Although we have facilities in 40 states and Puerto Rico, we have substantial operations in Pennsylvania, California, Arizona and
Tennessee, which makes us especially sensitive to regulatory, economic, environmental and competitive conditions and changes in
those states.
Revenue from Pennsylvania, California, Arizona and Tennessee represented approximately 12%, 9%, 7% and 6% of our total
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively. This concentration makes us particularly sensitive to legislative,
regulatory, economic, environmental and competition changes in those states. Any material change in the current payment programs
or regulatory, economic, environmental or competitive conditions in these locations could have a disproportionate effect on our
overall business results. If our facilities in these locations are adversely affected by changes in regulatory and economic conditions,
our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
In addition, some of our facilities are located in areas prone to hurricanes or wildfires. Natural disasters have historically had a
disruptive effect on the operations of facilities and the patient populations in such areas. Our business activities could be significantly
disrupted by wildfires, hurricanes or other natural disasters, and our property insurance may not be adequate to cover losses from such
wildfires, storms or other natural disasters.
A pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease in the markets in which we operate or that otherwise impacts our
facilities could adversely impact our business.
If a pandemic, epidemic, outbreak of an infectious disease, such as the coronavirus known as COVID-19, or other public health
crisis were to occur in an area in which we operate, our operations could be adversely affected. Such a crisis could diminish the public
trust in healthcare facilities, especially facilities with patients affected by infectious diseases. If any of our facilities were involved, or
perceived as being involved, in treating such patients, other patients might fail to seek care at our facilities, and our reputation may be
negatively affected. Further, a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak might adversely impact our business by causing a temporary shutdown
or diversion of patients, by disrupting or delaying production and delivery of pharmaceuticals and other medical supplies or by
causing staffing shortages in our facilities. Although we have disaster plans in place and operate pursuant to infectious disease
26
protocols, the potential impact of a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease with respect to our markets or our
facilities is difficult to predict and could adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.
If we fail to cultivate new or maintain established relationships with referral sources, our business, financial condition or results of
operations could be adversely affected.
Our ability to grow or even to maintain our existing level of business depends significantly on our ability to establish and
maintain close working relationships with physicians, managed care companies, insurance companies, educational consultants and
other referral sources. We may not be able to maintain our existing referral source relationships or develop and maintain new
relationships in existing or new markets. If we lose existing relationships with our referral sources, the number of people to whom we
provide services may decline, which may adversely affect our revenue. If we fail to develop new referral relationships, our growth
may be restrained.
We operate in a highly competitive industry, and competition may lead to declines in patient volumes.
The healthcare industry is highly competitive, and competition among healthcare providers (including hospitals) for patients,
physicians and other healthcare professionals has intensified in recent years. There are other healthcare facilities that provide
behavioral and other mental health services comparable to those offered by our facilities in each of the geographical areas in which we
operate. Some of our competitors are owned by tax-supported governmental agencies or by non-profit corporations and may have
certain financial advantages not available to us, including endowments, charitable contributions, tax-exempt financing and exemptions
from sales, property and income taxes. Some of our for-profit competitors are local, independent operators or physician groups with
strong established reputations within the surrounding communities, which may adversely affect our ability to attract a sufficiently
large number of patients in markets where we compete with such providers. We also face competition from other for-profit entities,
who may possess greater financial, marketing or research and development resources than us or may invest more funds in renovating
their facilities or developing technology.
If our competitors are better able to attract patients, recruit and retain physicians and other healthcare professionals, expand
services or obtain favorable managed care contracts at their facilities, we may experience a decline in patient volume and our results of
operations may be adversely affected.
We may be unable to extend leases at expiration, which could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We lease the real property on which a number of our facilities are located. Our lease agreements generally give us the right to
renew or extend the term of the leases and, in certain cases, purchase the real property. These renewal and purchase rights generally
are based upon either prescribed formulas or fair market value. Management expects to renew, extend or exercise purchase options
with respect to our leases in the normal course of business; however, there can be no assurance that these rights will be exercised in
the future or that we will be able to satisfy the conditions precedent to exercising any such renewal, extension or purchase options.
Furthermore, the terms of any such options that are based on fair market value are inherently uncertain and could be unacceptable or
unfavorable to us depending on the circumstances at the time of exercise. If we are not able to renew or extend our existing leases, or
purchase the real property subject to such leases, at or prior to the end of the existing lease terms, or if the terms of such options are
unfavorable or unacceptable to us, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
Controls designed to reduce inpatient services may reduce our revenue.
Controls imposed by Medicare, Medicaid and commercial third-party payors designed to reduce admissions and lengths of stay,
commonly referred to as “utilization review,” have affected and are expected to continue to affect our facilities. Inpatient utilization,
average lengths of stay and occupancy rates continue to be negatively affected by payor-required preadmission authorization and
utilization review and by payor pressure to maximize outpatient and alternative healthcare delivery services for less acutely ill
patients. Efforts to impose more stringent cost controls are expected to continue. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, expanded the potential use of prepayment review
by Medicare contractors by eliminating certain statutory restrictions on its use. Utilization review is also a requirement of most non-
governmental managed-care organizations and other third-party payors. Although we are unable to predict the effect these controls
and changes will have on our operations, significant limits on the scope of services reimbursed and on reimbursement rates and fees
could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Human Capital Risks
Our facilities face competition for staffing that may increase our labor costs and reduce our profitability.
Our operations depend on the efforts, abilities and experience of our management and medical support personnel, including our
addiction counselors, therapists, nurses, pharmacists, licensed counselors, clinical technicians, and mental health technicians, as well
as our psychiatrists and other professionals. We compete with other healthcare providers in recruiting and retaining qualified
27
management, program directors, physicians (including psychiatrists) and support personnel responsible for the daily operations of our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
A shortage of nurses, qualified addiction counselors and other medical and care support personnel has been a significant
operating issue facing us and other healthcare providers. The enactment of federal and state mandates requiring that all healthcare
workers be vaccinated for COVID-19 or qualify for an approved exemption could cause additional operating challenges if staff at our
facilities resign from employment or prospective employees choose not to work for us because of the mandates. We also may be
required to enhance wages and benefits to hire nurses, qualified addiction counselors and other medical and care support personnel,
hire more expensive temporary personnel or increase our recruiting and marketing costs relating to labor. The use of temporary or
agency staff could also heighten the risk one of our facilities experiences an adverse patient incident. Further, because we generally
recruit our personnel from the local area where the relevant facility is located, the availability in certain areas of suitably qualified
personnel can be limited, particularly care home management, qualified teaching personnel and nurses. In addition, certain of our
facilities are required to maintain specified staffing levels. To the extent we cannot meet those levels, we may be required to limit the
services provided by these facilities, which would have a corresponding adverse effect on our net operating revenue. Certain of our
treatment facilities are located in remote geographical areas, far from population centers, which increases this risk.
We cannot predict the degree to which we will be affected by the future availability or cost of attracting and retaining talented
medical support staff. If our general labor and related expenses increase, we may not be able to raise our rates correspondingly. Our
failure either to recruit and retain qualified management, psychiatrists, therapists, counselors, nurses and other medical support
personnel or control our labor costs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Our performance depends on our ability to recruit and retain quality psychiatrists and other physicians.
The success and competitive advantage of our facilities depends, in part, on the number and quality of the psychiatrists and other
physicians on the medical staffs of our facilities and our maintenance of good relations with those medical professionals. Although we
employ psychiatrists and other physicians at many of our facilities, psychiatrists and other physicians generally are not employees of
our facilities, and, in a number of our markets, they have admitting privileges at competing hospitals providing acute or inpatient
behavioral healthcare services. Such physicians (including psychiatrists) may terminate their affiliation with us at any time or admit
their patients to competing healthcare facilities or hospitals. If we are unable to attract and retain sufficient numbers of quality
psychiatrists and other physicians by providing adequate support personnel and facilities that meet the needs of those psychiatrists and
other physicians, they may stop referring patients to our facilities and our results of operations may decline.
It may become difficult for us to attract and retain an adequate number of psychiatrists and other physicians to practice in certain
of the communities in which our facilities are located. Our failure to recruit psychiatrists and other physicians to these communities or
the loss of such medical professionals in these communities could make it more difficult to attract patients to our facilities and thereby
may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, our ability to recruit
psychiatrists and other physicians is closely regulated. The form, amount and duration of assistance we can provide to recruited
psychiatrists and other physicians is limited by the Stark Law, the Anti-Kickback Statute, state anti-kickback statutes, and related
regulations.
Some of our employees are represented by labor unions and any work stoppage could adversely affect our business.
Increased labor union activity could adversely affect our labor costs. At December 31, 2021, labor unions represented
approximately 462 of our employees at two of our facilities through six collective bargaining agreements. We cannot assure you that
employee relations will remain stable. Furthermore, there is a possibility that work stoppages could occur as a result of union activity,
which could increase our labor costs and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. To the extent that a
greater portion of our employee base unionizes and the terms of any collective bargaining agreements are significantly different from
our current compensation arrangements, it is possible that our labor costs could increase materially and our business, financial
condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
We depend on key management personnel, and the departure of one or more of our key executives or a significant portion of our
local facility management personnel could harm our business.
The expertise and efforts of our senior executives and the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, medical directors,
physicians and other key members of our facility management personnel are important to the success of our business. The loss of the
services of one or more of our senior executives or our facility management personnel could significantly undermine our management
expertise and our ability to provide efficient, quality healthcare services at our facilities, which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, results of operations and financial condition. On October 5, 2021, we announced that Debbie Osteen, Chief Executive
Officer (“CEO”) and Director of the Company, will retire as our CEO. It is anticipated that Ms. Osteen will continue to serve as CEO
28
or in a consulting role through March 31, 2022. Following her retirement as CEO, Ms. Osteen will continue to serve on the
Company’s Board of Directors. There can be no assurance that our business will not experience issues with the CEO transition.
Legal Proceedings and Regulatory Risks
We are and in the future could become the subject of additional governmental investigations, regulatory actions and whistleblower
lawsuits.
Healthcare companies in the U.S. may be subject to investigations by various governmental agencies. Certain of our individual
facilities have received, and from time to time, other facilities may receive, subpoenas, civil investigative demands, audit reports and
other inquiries from, and may be subject to investigation by, federal and state agencies. See Note 20— Commitments and
Contingencies in the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements beginning on Page F-1 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K for additional information about pending investigations. These investigations can result in repayment obligations, and
violations of the False Claims Act can result in substantial monetary penalties and fines, the imposition of a corporate integrity
agreement and exclusion from participation in governmental health programs. If we incur significant costs responding to or resolving
these or future inquiries or investigations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely
affected.
Further, under the False Claims Act, private parties are permitted to bring qui tam or “whistleblower” lawsuits against
companies that submit false claims for payments to, or improperly retain overpayments from, the government. Because qui tam
lawsuits are filed under seal, we could be named in one or more such lawsuits of which we are not aware. We may also be subject to
substantial reputational harm as a result of the public announcement of any investigation into such claims.
We could be subject to monetary penalties and other sanctions, including exclusion from federal healthcare programs, if we fail to
comply with the terms of the CIA.
During the second quarter of 2019, we reached a settlement with the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of West
Virginia relating to the manner in which seven of our comprehensive treatment centers in West Virginia had historically billed lab
claims to the West Virginia Medicaid Program. During the three months ended June 30, 2019, we entered into the CIA with the OIG
imposing certain compliance obligations on us and our subsidiary, CRC Health, in connection with such settlement. Material,
uncorrected violations of the CIA could lead to our suspension or exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other
federal and state healthcare programs and repayment obligations. In addition, we are subject to possible civil penalties for failure to
substantially comply with the terms of the CIA, including stipulated penalties ranging between $1,000 to $2,500 per day. We are also
subject to a stipulated penalty of $50,000 for each false certification made by us or on our behalf, pursuant to the reporting provisions
of the CIA. The CIA increases the amount of information we must provide to the federal government regarding our healthcare
practices and our compliance with federal regulations. The reports we provide in connection with the CIA could result in greater
scrutiny by regulatory authorities.
We are and in the future may become involved in legal proceedings based on negligence or breach of a contractual or statutory
duty from service users or their family members or from employees or former employees.
From time to time, we are subject to complaints and claims from service users and their family members alleging professional
negligence, medical malpractice or mistreatment. We are also subject to claims for unlawful detention from time to time when patients
allege they should not have been detained under applicable laws and regulations or where the appropriate procedures were not
correctly followed.
Similarly, there may be substantial claims from employees in respect of personal injuries sustained in the performance of their
duties. Current or former employees may also make claims against us in relation to breaches of employment laws. There may also be
safeguarding incidents at our facilities which, depending on the circumstances, may result in custodial sentences or other criminal
sanctions for the member of staff involved.
The incurrence of substantial legal fees, damage awards or other fines as well as the potential impact on our brand or reputation
as a result of being involved in any legal proceedings could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
We handle sensitive personal data which are protected by numerous U.S. laws in the ordinary course of business and any failure to
maintain the confidentiality of such data could result in legal liability and reputational harm.
We collect, process and store sensitive personal data as part of our business. In the event of a security breach, sensitive personal
data could become public. We are currently not aware of any material incidences of potential data breach; however, there can be no
assurance that such breaches will not arise in future. Although we have in place policies and procedures to prevent such breaches,
29
breaches could occur either as a result of a breach by our employees or as a result of a breach by a third party to whom we have
provided sensitive personal data, and we could face liability under data protection laws.
Liability under data protection laws may result in sanctions, including substantial fines and/or compensation to those affected.
Additionally, liability may cause us to suffer damage to our brand and reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
We carry a large self-insured retention and may be responsible for significant amounts not covered by insurance. In addition, our
insurance may be inadequate, premiums may increase and, if there is a significant deterioration in our claims experience,
insurance may not be available on acceptable terms.
We are subject to medical malpractice lawsuits and other legal actions in the ordinary course of business. Some of these actions
may involve large claims, as well as significant defense costs. We cannot predict the outcome of these lawsuits or the effect that
findings in such lawsuits may have on us. We maintain liability insurance intended to cover service user, third-party and employee
personal injury claims. Due to the structure of our insurance program under which we carry a large self-insured retention, there may
be substantial claims in respect of which the liability for damages and costs falls to us before being met by any insurance underwriter.
There may also be claims in excess of our insurance coverage or claims which are not covered by our insurance due to other policy
limitations or exclusions or where we have failed to comply with the terms of the policy. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that
we will be able to obtain liability insurance coverage in the future on acceptable terms, or without substantial premium increases or at
all, particularly if there is a deterioration in our claim experience history. A successful claim against us not covered by or in excess of
our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If we fail to comply with extensive laws and government regulations, we could suffer penalties or be required to make significant
changes to our operations.
Companies operating in the behavioral healthcare industry in the U.S. are required to comply with extensive and complex laws
and regulations at the federal, state and local government levels relating to, among other things: billing practices and prices for
services; relationships with physicians and other referral sources; necessity and quality of medical care; condition and adequacy of
facilities; qualifications of medical and support personnel; confidentiality, privacy and security issues associated with health-related
information and PHI; EMTALA compliance; handling of controlled substances; certification, licensure and accreditation of our
facilities; operating policies and procedures; activities regarding competitors; state and local land use and zoning requirements; and
addition or expansion of facilities and services.
Among the laws applicable to our operations are the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the Stark Law, the federal False Claims Act,
the EKRA, and similar state laws. These laws impact the relationships that we may have with physicians and other potential referral
sources. We have a variety of financial relationships with physicians and other professionals who refer patients to our facilities,
including employment contracts, leases and professional service agreements. The OIG has issued certain safe harbor regulations that
outline practices that are deemed acceptable under the Anti-Kickback Statute, and similar regulatory exceptions have been
promulgated by CMS under the Stark Law. While we endeavor to ensure that our arrangements with referral sources comply with an
applicable safe harbor to the Anti-Kickback Statute where possible, certain of our current arrangements with physicians and other
potential referral sources may not qualify for such protection. Failure to meet a safe harbor does not mean that the arrangement
automatically violates the Anti-Kickback Statute, but may subject the arrangement to greater scrutiny. Even if our arrangements are
found to be in compliance with the Anti-Kickback Statute, they may still face scrutiny under the newly enacted EKRA law. Moreover,
while we believe that our arrangements with physicians comply with applicable Stark Law exceptions, the Stark Law is a strict
liability statute for which no intent to violate the law is required.
Effective January 1, 2022, the No Surprises Act, enacted as part of the CAA, creates price transparency requirements, including
(i) requiring providers to send to patients or their health plan a good faith estimate of the expected charges and diagnostic codes prior
to furnishing scheduled items or services and (ii) prohibiting providers from charging patients an amount beyond the in-network cost
sharing amount for services rendered by out-of-network providers, subject to limited exceptions. Price transparency initiatives like the
No Surprises Act may impact our ability to obtain or maintain favorable contract terms, and may impact our competitive position and
our relationships with patients and insurers.
These laws and regulations are extremely complex, and, in many cases, we do not have the benefit of regulatory or judicial
interpretation. In the future, it is possible that different interpretations of these laws and regulations could subject our current or past
practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our arrangements for facilities, equipment,
personnel, services, capital expenditure programs and operating expenses. A determination that we have violated one or more of these
laws could subject us to liabilities, including civil penalties, exclusion of one or more facilities from participation in the government
healthcare programs and, for violations of certain laws and regulations, criminal penalties. Even the public announcement that we are
being investigated for possible violations of these laws could cause our reputation to suffer and have a material adverse effect on our
30
business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, we cannot predict whether other similar legislation or regulations at
the federal or state level will be adopted, what form such legislation or regulations may take or what their impact on us may be.
The construction and operation of healthcare facilities in the U.S. are subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation
relating to, among other things, the adequacy of medical care, equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures, fire
prevention, rate-setting, compliance with building codes and environmental protection. Additionally, such facilities are subject to
periodic inspection by government authorities to assure their continued compliance with these various standards. If we fail to adhere to
these standards, we could be subject to monetary penalties or restrictions on our ability to operate.
All of our facilities that handle and dispense controlled substances must comply with strict federal and state regulations
regarding the purchase, storage, distribution and disposal of such controlled substances. The potential for theft or diversion of such
controlled substances for illegal uses has led the federal government as well as a number of states and localities to adopt stringent
regulations not applicable to many other types of healthcare providers. Compliance with these regulations is expensive and these costs
may increase in the future.
Property owners and local authorities have attempted, and may in the future attempt, to use or enact zoning ordinances to
eliminate our ability to operate a given treatment facility or program. Local governmental authorities in some cases also have
attempted to use litigation and the threat of prosecution to force the closure of certain comprehensive treatment facilities. If any of
these attempts were to succeed or if their frequency were to increase, our revenue would be adversely affected and our operating
results might be harmed. In addition, such actions may require us to litigate which would increase our costs.
Many of our facilities are also accredited by third-party accreditation agencies such as The Joint Commission or CARF. If any
of our existing healthcare facilities lose their accreditation or any of our new facilities fail to receive accreditation, such facilities could
become ineligible to receive reimbursement under Medicare or Medicaid.
Federal, state and local regulations determine the capacity at which many of our facilities may be operated. State licensing
standards require many of our facilities to have minimum staffing levels; minimum amounts of residential space per student or patient
and adhere to other minimum standards. Local regulations require us to follow land use guidelines at many of our facilities, including
those pertaining to fire safety, sewer capacity and other physical plant matters.
We cannot guarantee that current laws, regulations and regulatory assessment methodologies will not be modified or replaced in
the future. There can be no assurance that our business, results of operations and financial condition will not be adversely affected by
any future regulatory developments or that the cost of compliance with new regulations will not be material.
We may be required to spend substantial amounts to comply with statutes and regulations relating to privacy and security of PHI.
There are currently numerous legislative and regulatory initiatives in the U.S. addressing patient privacy and information
security concerns. In particular, federal regulations issued under HIPAA require our facilities to comply with standards to protect the
privacy, security and integrity of PHI. These requirements include the adoption of certain administrative, physical, and technical
safeguards; development of adequate policies and procedures, training programs and other initiatives to ensure the privacy of PHI is
maintained; entry into appropriate agreements with so-called business associates; and affording patients certain rights with respect to
their PHI, including notification of any breaches. Compliance with these regulations requires substantial expenditures, which could
negatively impact our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, our management has spent, and may spend in
the future, substantial time and effort on compliance measures.
In addition to HIPAA, we are subject to similar, and in some cases more restrictive, state and federal privacy regulations. For
example, the federal government and some states impose laws governing the use and disclosure of health information pertaining to
mental health and/or substance abuse treatment that are more stringent than the rules that apply to healthcare information generally. As
public attention is drawn to the issues of the privacy and security of medical information, states may revise or expand their laws
concerning the use and disclosure of health information, or may adopt new laws addressing these subjects.
Violations of the privacy and security regulations could subject our operations to substantial civil monetary penalties and
substantial other costs and penalties associated with a breach of data security, including criminal penalties. We may also be subject to
substantial reputational harm if we experience a substantial security breach involving PHI.
We could face risks associated with, or arising out of, environmental, health and safety laws and regulations.
We are subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations that:
regulate certain activities and operations that may have environmental or health and safety effects, such as the generation,
handling and disposal of medical wastes;
31
impose liability for costs of cleaning up, and damages to natural resources from, past spills, waste disposals on and off-
site, or other releases of hazardous materials or regulated substances; and
regulate workplace safety.
Compliance with these laws and regulations could increase our costs of operation. Violation of these laws may subject us to
significant fines, penalties or disposal costs, which could negatively impact our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
We could be responsible for the investigation and remediation of environmental conditions at currently or formerly owned, operated
or leased sites, as well as for associated liabilities, including liabilities for natural resource damages, third-party property damage or
personal injury resulting from lawsuits that could be brought by the government or private litigants, relating to our operations, the
operations of facilities or the land on which our facilities are located. We may be subject to these liabilities regardless of whether we
operate, lease or own the facility, and regardless of whether such environmental conditions were created by us or by a prior owner or
tenant, or by a third party or a neighboring facility whose operations may have affected such facility or land. That is because liability
for contamination under certain environmental laws can be imposed on current or past owners, lessors or operators of a site without
regard to fault. We cannot assure you that environmental conditions relating to our prior, existing or future sites or those of
predecessor companies whose liabilities we may have assumed or acquired will not have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
State efforts to regulate the construction or expansion of healthcare facilities could impair our ability to operate and expand our
operations.
A majority of the states in which we operate facilities have enacted CON laws that regulate the construction or expansion of
healthcare facilities, certain capital expenditures or changes in services or bed capacity. In giving approval for these actions, these
states consider the need for additional or expanded healthcare facilities or services. Our failure to obtain necessary state approval
could (i) result in our inability to acquire a targeted facility, complete a desired expansion or make a desired replacement, (ii) make a
facility ineligible to receive reimbursement under the Medicare or Medicaid programs or (iii) result in the revocation of a facility’s
license or imposition of civil or criminal penalties, any of which could harm our business.
In addition, significant CON reforms have been proposed in a number of states that would increase the capital spending
thresholds and provide exemptions of various services from review requirements. In the past, we have not experienced any material
adverse effects from such requirements, but we cannot predict the impact of these changes upon our operations.
We are required to treat patients with emergency medical conditions regardless of ability to pay.
In accordance with our internal policies and procedures, as well as EMTALA, we provide a medical screening examination to
any individual who comes to one of our hospitals seeking medical treatment (whether or not such individual is eligible for insurance
benefits and regardless of ability to pay) to determine if such individual has an emergency medical condition. If it is determined that
such person has an emergency medical condition, we provide such further medical examination and treatment as is required to
stabilize the patient’s medical condition, within the facility’s capability, or arrange for the transfer of the individual to another medical
facility in accordance with applicable law and the treating hospital’s written procedures. Our hospitals may face substantial civil
penalties if we fail to provide appropriate screening and stabilizing treatment or fail to facilitate other appropriate transfers as required
by EMTALA.
We are subject to taxation in the U.S., Puerto Rico and various state jurisdictions. Any adverse development in the tax laws of such
jurisdictions or any disagreement with our tax positions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
or results of operations. In addition, our effective tax rate could change materially as a result of changes in tax laws.
We are subject to taxation in, and to the tax laws and regulations of, the U.S., Puerto Rico and various state jurisdictions as a
result of our operations and our corporate and financing structure. Adverse developments in these tax laws or regulations, or any
change in position regarding the application, administration or interpretation thereof, in any applicable jurisdiction, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the tax authorities in any applicable
jurisdiction may disagree with the tax treatment or characterization of any of our transactions, which, if successfully challenged by
such tax authorities, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Certain changes
in the mix of our earnings between jurisdictions and assumptions used in the calculation of income taxes, among other factors, could
have a material adverse effect on our overall effective tax rate.
32
General Risk Factors
Provisions of our charter documents or Delaware law could delay or prevent an acquisition of us, even if the acquisition would be
beneficial to our stockholders, and could make it more difficult for stockholders to change management.
Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or
prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which
stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. This is because these provisions may prevent or frustrate attempts by
stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions include:
a classified board of directors;
a prohibition on stockholder action through written consent;
a requirement that special meetings of stockholders be called only upon a resolution approved by a majority of our
directors then in office;
advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; and
the authority of the board of directors to issue preferred stock with such terms as the board of directors may determine.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from
engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person that together with its affiliates owns or within
the last three years has owned 15% of voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person
became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Although we have elected not
to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that have the same
effect as Section 203, except that they provide that Waud Capital Partners, L.L.C. (“WCP”), its affiliates and any investment fund
managed by WCP and any persons to whom WCP sells at least five percent (5%) of our outstanding voting stock will be deemed to
have been approved by our board of directors, and thereby not subject to the restrictions set forth in our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation that have the same effect as Section 203 of the DGCL. Accordingly, the provision in our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation that adopts a modified version of Section 203 of the DGCL may discourage, delay or prevent a
change in control of us.
As a result of these provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law, the price investors may be willing to pay in the
future for shares of our common stock may be limited.
Fluctuations in our operating results, quarter to quarter earnings and other factors, including factors outside our control, may
result in significant decreases in the price of our common stock.
The stock markets experience volatility, in some cases unrelated to operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may
adversely affect the trading price of our common stock and, as a result, there may be significant volatility in the market price of our
common stock. If we are unable to operate our facilities as profitably as we have in the past or as our investors expect us to in the
future, the market price of our common stock will likely decline when it becomes apparent that the market expectations may not be
realized. In addition to our operating results, many economic and other factors outside of our control could have an adverse effect on
the price of our common stock and increase fluctuations in our quarterly earnings. These factors include certain of the risks discussed
herein, outcomes of political elections, demographic changes, operating results of other healthcare companies, changes in our financial
estimates or recommendations of securities analysts, speculation in the press or investment community, the possible effects of war,
terrorist and other hostilities, adverse weather conditions, managed care contract negotiations and terminations, changes in general
conditions in the economy or the financial markets or other developments affecting the healthcare industry.
Future sales of common stock by our existing stockholders may cause our stock price to fall.
The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales by us or our existing stockholders, particularly our
largest stockholders, our directors and executive officers, in the market, or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales
might also make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they were to change their
recommendations regarding our stock adversely or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price and
trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts
publish about us. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish regular reports on us, we could lose visibility
33
in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the
analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.
We incur substantial costs as a result of being a public company.
As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses, including costs associated with
public company reporting requirements. We incur costs associated with complying with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,
the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), and related rules implemented by the SEC
and NASDAQ. Enacted in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act contains significant corporate governance and executive compensation-
related provisions, some of which the SEC has implemented by adopting additional rules and regulations in areas such as executive
compensation. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been
increasing. Management expects these laws and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some
activities more time-consuming and costly, although management is currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of
certainty. These laws and regulations could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including
director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially
higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and
retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are
unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other
regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
34
Item 2. Properties.
The following table lists, by state or country, the number of behavioral healthcare facilities directly or indirectly owned and
operated by us at December 31, 2021:
State
Alaska
Arizona
Arkansas
California
Delaware
Florida
Georgia
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kansas
Kentucky
Louisiana
Maine
Maryland
Massachusetts
Michigan
Mississippi
Missouri
Nevada
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New Mexico
North Carolina
Ohio
Oklahoma
Oregon
Pennsylvania
Rhode Island
South Carolina
South Dakota
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
Vermont
Virginia
Washington
West Virginia
Wisconsin
International
Puerto Rico
Facilities
Operated Beds
—
481
777
484
120
481
390
192
227
—
—
—
467
—
—
215
456
476
552
134
—
—
46
503
290
108
—
1,727
—
63
126
895
555
147
292
—
137
—
35
1
4
6
25
2
9
5
1
8
2
1
1
6
5
3
14
6
3
6
3
2
1
1
10
6
4
7
29
2
1
1
13
5
6
7
1
9
7
14
1
238
172
10,548
Additionally, we provided outpatient services in Montana at December 31, 2021. See “Item 1. Business— U.S. Operations” for
a summary description of the facilities that we own and lease. In addition, we currently lease approximately 61,000 square feet of
office space at 6100 Tower Circle, Franklin, Tennessee, for our corporate headquarters. Our headquarters and facilities are generally
well maintained and in good operating condition.
35
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
Information with respect to this item may be found in Note 20—Commitments and Contingencies in the accompanying notes to
our consolidated financial statements beginning on Page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which information is incorporated
herein by reference.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
36
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Our common stock is listed for trading on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ACHC.”
PART II
Stockholders
As of March 1, 2022, there were approximately 538 holders of record of our common stock.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
During the three months ended December 31, 2021, the Company withheld shares of Company common stock to satisfy
employee minimum statutory tax withholding obligations payable upon the vesting of restricted stock, as follows:
Period
October 1 – October 31
November 1 – November 30
December 1 – December 31
Total
Dividends
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
as Part of
Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs
Maximum
Number of
Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
Average Price
Paid per
Share
1,400 $
1,052 $
767 $
3,219
55.33
64.22
56.19
—
—
—
—
—
—
We have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future
earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness, and therefore we do not anticipate paying any
cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends on our common
stock is limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us, including restrictions
under the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of
our board of directors, subject to compliance with covenants in current and future agreements governing our indebtedness (including
our Amended and Restated Senior Credit Facility and the indenture governing our Senior Notes), and will depend upon our results of
operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.
Item 6. [Reserved]
37
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations with our audited
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include any statements that address future results or occurrences. In some
cases you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could” or the
negative thereof. Generally, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “plan” and
similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. In particular, statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives,
assumptions or future events or performance contained are forward-looking statements.
We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections. While we
believe these expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections are reasonable, such forward-looking statements are only
predictions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are outside of our control, which
could cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any results, performance or achievements
expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These risks, uncertainties and other factors include, but are not limited to,
the following:
the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our inpatient and outpatient volumes, or disruptions caused by other pandemics,
epidemics or outbreaks of infectious diseases;
the impact of vaccine and other pandemic-related mandates imposed by local, state and federal authorities on our business;
costs of providing care to our patients, including increased staffing, equipment and supply expenses resulting from the
COVID-19 pandemic;
our ability to identify and integrate a new chief executive officer;
our significant indebtedness, our ability to meet our debt obligations, and our ability to incur substantially more debt;
our ability to implement our business strategies, especially in light of the COVID-19 pandemic;
the impact of payments received from the government and third-party payors on our revenue and results of operations;
the impact of an increase in uninsured or underinsured patients or the deterioration in the collectability of patient accounts
receivables;
difficulties in successfully integrating the operations of acquired facilities or realizing the potential benefits and synergies of
our acquisitions and joint ventures;
our ability to recruit and retain quality psychiatrists and other physicians, nurses, counselors and other medical support
personnel;
the impact of competition for staffing on our labor costs and profitability;
the impact of increases to our labor costs;
the impact of the economic and employment conditions on our business and future results of operations;
the occurrence of patient incidents, which could result in negative media coverage, adversely affect the price of our
securities and result in incremental regulatory burdens and governmental investigations;
our future cash flow and earnings;
our restrictive covenants, which may restrict our business and financing activities;
the impact of adverse weather conditions, including the effects of hurricanes, wildfires and other natural disasters;
compliance with laws and government regulations;
the impact of claims brought against us or our facilities including claims for damages for personal injuries, medical
malpractice, overpayments, breach of contract, securities law violations, tort and employee related claims;
the impact of governmental investigations, regulatory actions and whistleblower lawsuits;
38
any failure to comply with the terms of the Company’s corporate integrity agreement with the OIG;
the impact of healthcare reform in the U.S.;
the risk of a cyber-security incident and any resulting adverse impact on our operations or violation of laws and regulations
regarding information privacy;
the impact of our highly competitive industry on patient volumes;
our dependence on key management personnel, key executives and local facility management personnel;
our acquisition, joint venture and wholly-owned de novo strategies, which expose us to a variety of operational and
financial risks, as well as legal and regulatory risks;
the impact of state efforts to regulate the construction or expansion of healthcare facilities on our ability to operate and
expand our operations;
our potential inability to extend leases at expiration;
the impact of controls designed to reduce inpatient services on our revenue;
the impact of different interpretations of accounting principles on our results of operations or financial condition;
the impact of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, especially in locations where we have concentrated
operations;
the impact of laws and regulations relating to privacy and security of patient health information and standards for electronic
transactions;
our ability to cultivate and maintain relationships with referral sources;
the impact of a change in the mix of our earnings, adverse changes in our effective tax rate and adverse developments in tax
laws generally;
changes in interpretations, assumptions and expectations regarding recent tax legislation, including provisions of the
CARES Act and additional guidance that may be issued by federal and state taxing authorities;
failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting;
the impact of fluctuations in our operating results, quarter to quarter earnings and other factors on the price of our securities;
the impact of the trend for insurance companies and managed care organizations to enter into sole source contracts on our
ability to obtain patients;
the impact of value-based purchasing programs on our revenue; and
those risks and uncertainties described from time to time in our filings with the SEC.
Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. These
risks and uncertainties may cause our actual future results to be materially different than those expressed in our forward-looking
statements. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We do not undertake
and specifically decline any obligation to update any such statements or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any such
statements to reflect future events or developments.
Overview
Our business strategy is to acquire and develop behavioral healthcare facilities and improve our operating results within our
facilities and our other behavioral healthcare operations. We strive to improve the operating results of our facilities by providing high-
quality services, expanding referral networks and marketing initiatives while meeting the increased demand for behavioral healthcare
services through expansion of our current locations as well as developing new services within existing locations. At December 31,
2021, we operated 238 behavioral healthcare facilities with approximately 10,500 beds in 40 states and Puerto Rico. During the year
ended December 31, 2021, we added 375 beds in the U.S., consisting of 295 added to existing facilities and 80 added through the
opening of one wholly-owned facility, and opened 10 CTCs. On January 19, 2021, we completed the sale of the U.K. operations,
which included 345 facilities and approximately 8,200 beds. For the year ending December 31, 2022, we expect to add approximately
300 beds to existing facilities, and 350 beds through the opening of two wholly-owned facilities and two joint venture facilities and
expect to open at least six CTCs.
39
We are the leading publicly traded pure-play provider of behavioral healthcare services in the U.S. Management believes that
we are positioned as a leading platform in a highly fragmented industry under the direction of an experienced management team that
has significant industry expertise. Management expects to take advantage of several strategies that are more accessible as a result of
our increased size and geographic scale, including continuing a national marketing strategy to attract new patients and referral sources,
increasing our volume of out-of-state referrals, providing a broader range of services to new and existing patients and clients and
selectively pursuing opportunities to expand our facility and bed count in the U.S. through acquisitions, de novo facilities, joint
ventures and bed additions in existing facilities.
On January 19, 2021, we completed the U.K. Sale pursuant to a Share Purchase Agreement in which we sold all of the securities
of AHC-WW Jersey Limited, a private limited liability company incorporated in Jersey and a subsidiary of the Company, which
constituted the entirety of our U.K. operations. The U.K. Sale resulted in approximately $1,525 million of gross proceeds before
deducting the settlement of existing foreign currency hedging liabilities of $85 million based on the current GBP to USD exchange
rate, cash retained by the buyer and transaction costs. We used the net proceeds of approximately $1,425 million (excluding cash
retained by the buyer) along with cash from the balance sheet to reduce debt by $1,640 million during the first quarter of 2021. As a
result of the U.K. Sale, we reported, for all periods presented, results of operations and cash flows of the U.K. operations as
discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements.
Acquisitions
On December 31, 2021, we acquired the equity of CenterPointe for cash consideration of approximately $139 million. The
acquisition was funded through a combination of cash on hand and a $70.0 million draw on the Revolving Facility. CenterPointe
operates four acute inpatient hospitals with 306 beds and ten outpatient locations primarily in Missouri.
On April 1, 2019, we completed the acquisition of Bradford Recovery Center, a specialty treatment facility with 46 beds
located in Millerton, Pennsylvania, for cash consideration of approximately $4.5 million.
On February 15, 2019, we completed the acquisition of Whittier Pavilion, an inpatient psychiatric facility with 71 beds located
in Haverhill, Massachusetts, for cash consideration of approximately $17.9 million. Also on February 15, 2019, we completed the
acquisition of Mission Treatment for cash consideration of approximately $22.5 million. Mission Treatment operates nine
comprehensive treatment centers in California, Nevada, Arizona and Oklahoma.
40
Results of Operations
The following table illustrates our consolidated results of operations for the respective periods shown (dollars in thousands):
Revenue
Salaries, wages and benefits
Professional fees
Supplies
Rents and leases
Other operating expenses
Income from provider relief fund
Depreciation and amortization
Interest expense, net
Debt extinguishment costs
Loss on impairment
Transaction-related expenses
Income from continuing operations
before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Income from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued
operations, net of taxes
Net income (loss)
Net income attributable to
noncontrolling interest
Net income (loss) attributable to Acadia
Healthcare Company, Inc.
2021
Amount
2,314,394
1,243,804
136,739
90,702
38,519
301,339
(17,900 )
106,717
76,993
24,650
24,293
12,778
2,038,634
275,760
67,557
208,203
(12,641 )
195,562
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Amount
%
100.0 % 2,089,929
53.7 % 1,154,522
120,489
87,241
37,362
262,272
(32,819 )
95,256
158,105
7,233
4,751
11,720
88.0 % 1,906,132
5.9 %
3.9 %
1.7 %
13.0 %
(0.8 )%
4.6 %
3.3 %
1.1 %
1.0 %
0.6 %
Amount
%
100.0 % 2,008,381
55.2 % 1,107,357
118,451
85,534
35,486
259,536
—
87,923
187,325
—
27,217
21,157
91.2 % 1,929,986
5.8 %
4.2 %
1.8 %
12.5 %
(1.6 )%
4.6 %
7.6 %
0.3 %
0.2 %
0.6 %
12.0 %
2.9 %
8.9 %
183,797
40,606
143,191
8.8 %
1.9 %
6.8 %
78,395
25,085
53,310
(0.5 )%
8.4 %
(812,390 )
(669,199 )
(38.9 )%
(32.0 )%
56,812
110,122
%
100.0 %
55.1 %
5.9 %
4.3 %
1.8 %
12.9 %
0.0 %
4.4 %
9.3 %
0.0 %
1.4 %
1.1 %
96.2 %
3.8 %
1.2 %
2.6 %
2.8 %
5.5 %
(4,927 )
(0.2 )%
(2,933 )
(0.1 )%
(1,199 )
(0.1 )%
190,635
8.2 %
(672,132 )
(32.2 )%
108,923
5.4 %
At December 31, 2021, we operated 238 behavioral healthcare facilities with approximately 10,500 beds in 40 states and Puerto
Rico. For all periods presented, results of operations and cash flows of the U.K. are presented as discontinued operations in the
accompanying financial statements.
We are encouraged by the favorable trends in our business and believe we are well positioned to capitalize on the expected
growth in demand for behavioral health services. As with many other healthcare providers and other industries across the country, we
are currently dealing with a tight labor market. However, we believe the diversity of our markets and service lines and our proactive
focus helps us manage through this environment. Generally, the challenges that we have faced are temporary and market specific. We
remain focused on ensuring that we have the level of staff to meet the demand in our markets across our 40 states.
The following table sets forth percent changes in same facility operating data for our U.S. Facilities for the years ended
December 31, 2021 and 2020 compared to the previous years:
Year Ended December 31,
U.S. Same Facility Results (a)
Revenue growth
Patient days growth
Admissions growth
Average length of stay change (b)
Revenue per patient day growth
Adjusted EBITDA margin change (c)
Adjusted EBITDA margin excluding income
from provider relief fund
2021
10.9%
4.3%
3.5%
0.8%
6.3%
150 bps
220 bps
2020
3.9%
2.5%
(0.6)%
3.2%
1.4%
250 bps
—
(a) Results for the periods presented include facilities we have operated more than one year and exclude
certain closed services.
41
(b) Average length of stay is defined as patient days divided by admissions.
(c) Adjusted EBITDA is defined as income before provision for income taxes, equity-based
compensation expense, debt extinguishment costs, loss on impairment, transaction-related expenses,
interest expense and depreciation and amortization. Management uses Adjusted EBITDA as an
analytical indicator to measure performance and to develop strategic objectives and operating plans.
Adjusted EBITDA is commonly used as an analytical indicator within the health care industry, and
also serves as a measure of leverage capacity and debt service ability. Adjusted EBITDA should not
be considered as a measure of financial performance under GAAP, and the items excluded from
Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance.
Because Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with GAAP and is thus
susceptible to varying calculations, Adjusted EBITDA, as presented, may not be comparable to other
similarly titled measures of other companies. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020,
Adjusted EBIDTA includes income from provider relief fund of $17.9 million and $32.8 million,
respectively.
Year Ended December 31, 2021 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2020
Revenue. Revenue increased $224.5 million, or 10.7%, to $2,314.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from
$2,089.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Same facility revenue increased by $225.6 million, or 10.9%, for the year
ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, resulting from same facility growth in patient days of
4.3% and an increase in same facility revenue per day of 6.3%. Consistent with the same facility patient day growth in 2020, the
growth in same facility patient days for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 resulted
from the addition of beds to our existing facilities and ongoing demand for our services.
Salaries, wages and benefits. Salaries, wages and benefits (“SWB”) expense was $1,243.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2021 compared to $1,154.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $89.3 million. SWB expense
included $37.5 million and $22.5 million of equity-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020,
respectively. Excluding equity-based compensation expense, SWB expense was $1,206.3 million, or 52.1% of revenue, for the year
ended December 31, 2021, compared to $1,132.0 million, or 54.2% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2020. Same facility
SWB expense was $1,115.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, or 48.5% of revenue, compared to $1,049.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 2020, or 50.6% of revenue.
Professional fees. Professional fees were $136.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, or 5.9% of revenue, compared
to $120.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 5.8% of revenue. Same facility professional fees were $123.3 million for
the year ended December 31, 2021, or 5.4% of revenue, compared to $108.0 million, for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 5.2%
of revenue.
Supplies. Supplies expense was $90.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, or 3.9% of revenue, compared to
$87.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 4.2% of revenue. Same facility supplies expense was $89.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2021, or 3.9% of revenue, compared to $86.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 4.2% of
revenue.
Rents and leases. Rents and leases were $38.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, or 1.7% of revenue, compared to
$37.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 1.8% of revenue. Same facility rents and leases were $34.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 2021, or 1.5% of revenue, compared to $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 1.6% of
revenue.
Other operating expenses. Other operating expenses consisted primarily of purchased services, utilities, insurance, travel and
repairs and maintenance expenses. Other operating expenses were $301.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, or 13.0% of
revenue, compared to $262.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 12.5% of revenue. Same facility other operating
expenses were $286.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, or 12.4% of revenue, compared to $256.0 million for the year
ended December 31, 2020, or 12.3% of revenue.
Income from provider relief fund. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded $17.9 million in income from provider
relief fund related to PHSSE funds received in 2021. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded $32.8 million of income
from provider relief fund related to $34.9 million of PHSSE funds received from April through December 2020. Our recognition of
this income in the fourth quarter of 2020 was based on revised guidance in the CAA enacted in December 2020.
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense was $106.7 million for the year ended December 31,
2021, or 4.6% of revenue, compared to $95.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 4.6% of revenue.
42
Interest expense. Interest expense was $77.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $158.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to debt repayments in connection with the U.K.
Sale.
Debt extinguishment costs. Debt extinguishment costs were $24.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and
represented $6.3 million of cash charges and $18.4 million of non-cash charges in connection with the redemption of the 5.625%
Senior Notes and the 6.500% Senior Notes and the termination of the Prior Credit Facility. Debt extinguishment costs were $7.2
million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and represented $1.4 million of cash charges and $5.8 million of non-cash charges
recorded in connection with the redemption of the 6.125% Senior Notes and the 5.125% Senior Notes, the issuance of the 5.000%
Senior Notes and the Fourth Repricing Facilities Amendment.
Loss on impairment. Loss on impairment was $24.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. During the second quarter of
2021, we opened a 260-bed replacement facility in Pennsylvania and recorded a non-cash property impairment charge of $23.2 million
for the existing facility. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2021, we recorded a $1.1 million non-cash property impairment
charge for one facility in Louisiana resulting from hurricane damage. Loss on impairment of $4.8 million for the year end December
31, 2020 represents a non-cash long-lived asset impairment charge of $4.2 million and $0.6 million related to indefinite-lived asset
impairment related to closed facilities in the U.S.
Transaction-related expenses. Transaction-related expenses were $12.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021
compared to $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Transaction-related expenses represent legal, accounting,
termination, restructuring, strategic review and other similar costs incurred in the respective periods, as summarized below (in
thousands):
Legal, accounting and other acquisition-related costs
Termination, restructuring and strategic review costs
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2021
$
$
8,315 $
4,463
12,778 $
8,252
3,468
11,720
Discontinued Operations. Loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $12.6 million compared
to loss from discontinued operations of $812.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The year ended December 31, 2020
included a loss on sale of $867.3 million and a non-cash long-lived asset impairment charge of $20.2 million related to the decision to
close certain U.K. elderly care facilities.
Provision for income taxes. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the provision for income taxes was $67.6 million, reflecting
an effective tax rate of 24.5%, compared to $40.6 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 22.1%, for the year ended December 31,
2020. The increase in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily attributable to our recognition of a
deferred tax liability as a result of a change in our previous permanent reinvestment assertion and non-recurring impacts of U.S. and
U.K. tax legislation enacted in 2020.
Year Ended December 31, 2020 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2019
Revenue. Revenue increased $81.5 million, or 4.1%, to $2,089.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from
$2,008.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Same facility revenue increased by $78.5 million, or 3.9%, for the year ended
December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, resulting from same facility growth in patient days of 2.5% and
an increase in same facility revenue per day of 1.4%. Consistent with the same facility patient day growth in 2019, the growth in same
facility patient days for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 resulted from the addition
of beds to our existing facilities and ongoing demand for our services.
Salaries, wages and benefits. SWB expense was $1,154.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to
$1,107.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $47.2 million. SWB expense included $22.5 million and
$17.3 million of equity-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Excluding
equity-based compensation expense, SWB expense was $1,132.0 million, or 54.2% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2020,
compared to $1,090.1 million, or 54.3% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2019. Same facility SWB expense was
$1,047.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 50.5% of revenue, compared to $1,018.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2019, or 51.0% of revenue.
Professional fees. Professional fees were $120.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 5.8% of revenue, compared
to $118.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, or 5.9% of revenue. Same facility professional fees were $171.9 million for
43
the year ended December 31, 2020, or 8.3% of revenue, compared to $171.2 million, for the year ended December 31, 2019, or 8.6%
of revenue.
Supplies. Supplies expense was $87.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 4.2% of revenue, compared to
$85.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, or 4.3% of revenue. Same facility supplies expense was $86.2 million for the
year ended December 31, 2020, or 4.2% of revenue, compared to $84.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, or 4.2% of
revenue.
Rents and leases. Rents and leases were $37.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 1.8% of revenue, compared to
$35.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, or 1.8% of revenue. Same facility rents and leases were $33.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 2020, or 1.6% of revenue, compared to $32.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, or 1.6% of
revenue.
Other operating expenses. Other operating expenses consisted primarily of purchased services, utilities, insurance, travel and
repairs and maintenance expenses. Other operating expenses were $262.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 12.5% of
revenue, compared to $259.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, or 12.9% of revenue. Same facility other operating
expenses were $189.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or 9.1% of revenue, compared to $184.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2019, or 9.2% of revenue.
Income from provider relief fund. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded $32.8 million of income from provider
relief fund related to $34.9 million of PHSSE funds received from April through December 2020. Our recognition of this income in
the fourth quarter of 2020 was based on revised guidance in the CAA enacted in December 2020.
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense was $95.3 million for the year ended December 31,
2020, or 4.6% of revenue, compared to $87.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, or 4.4% of revenue.
Interest expense. Interest expense was $158.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $187.3 million for the
year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in interest expense was primarily a result of lower interest rates applicable to our
variable-rate debt.
Debt extinguishment costs. Debt extinguishment costs were $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and represented
$1.4 million of cash charges and $5.8 million of non-cash charges recorded in connection with the redemption of the 6.125% Senior
Notes and the 5.125% Senior Notes, the issuance of the 5.000% Senior Notes and the Fourth Repricing Facilities Amendment.
Loss on impairment. Loss on impairment of $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 represents a non-cash long-lived
asset impairment charge of $4.2 million and $0.6 million related to indefinite-lived asset impairment related to closed facilities in the
U.S. Loss on impairment of $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 represents a non-cash long-lived asset impairment
charge of $27.2 million related to two closed U.S. Facilities.
Transaction-related expenses. Transaction-related expenses were $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020
compared to $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Transaction-related expenses represent legal, accounting,
termination, restructuring, strategic review, management transition and other similar costs incurred in the respective periods, as
summarized below (in thousands):
Legal, accounting and other acquisition-related costs
Termination, restructuring and strategic review costs
Management transition costs
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2020
$
$
8,252 $
3,468
—
11,720 $
3,030
12,598
5,529
21,157
Discontinued Operations. Loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $812.4 million compared
to income from discontinued operations of $56.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The year ended December 31, 2020
included a loss on sale of $867.3 million and a non-cash long-lived asset impairment charge of $20.2 million related to the decision to
close certain U.K. elderly care facilities. The year ended December 31, 2019 included a non-cash long-lived asset impairment charge
of $27.2 million related to the closure of certain U.K. facilities.
Provision for income taxes. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the provision for income taxes was $40.6 million, reflecting
an effective tax rate of 22.1%, compared to $25.1 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 32.0%, for the year ended December 31,
2019. The decrease in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily attributable to the release of a state
44
valuation allowance and benefits generated from the application of federal net operating loss carryback provisions within the CARES
Act. The federal net operating loss legislation within the CARES Act allows net operating losses generated in tax years 2018 through
2020 to be carried back at a 35% tax rate to offset income in tax years prior to 2018 (21% for tax years after 2017), resulting in a
permanent benefit.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash provided by continuing operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $374.2 million compared to
$502.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Operating cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 included net
government relief funds paid of approximately $38.1 million, which consisted of $19.4 million of payroll tax deferral payments and
repayment of $25.0 million of Medicare advance payments offset by receipt of $24.2 million of PHSSE Fund payments, of which
$17.9 million was recognized as income from provider relief funds during 2021. Operating cash flows were impacted by an increase in
earnings, a reduction in cash paid for interest and an increase in tax payments during the year ended December 31, 2021. Operating
cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 included government relief funds received of approximately $86.6 million, which
consisted of Medicare advance payments of $45.2 million, payroll tax deferrals of $39.3 million and $34.9 million of PHSSE Fund
payments, of which $32.8 million was recognized as income from provider relief funds during 2020. Days sales outstanding at
December 31, 2021 was 42 compared to 47 at December 31, 2020.
Cash provided by continuing investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $1,017.6 million compared to cash
used in continuing investing activities of $238.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Cash provided by continuing investing
activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily consisted of proceeds from the U.K. Sale of $1,511.0 million, proceeds
from the sale of property and equipment of $3.5 million and other of $3.1 million offset by $244.8 million of cash paid for capital
expenditures, $139.0 million of cash paid for acquisitions, $84.8 million of settlement of foreign currency derivatives and $31.4
million of cash paid for purchase of finance lease. Cash paid for capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2021 consisted
of $41.8 million of routine capital expenditures and $203.0 million of expansion capital expenditures. We define expansion capital
expenditures as those that increase the capacity of our facilities or otherwise enhance revenue. Routine or maintenance capital
expenditures were approximately 2% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021. Cash used in continuing investing activities
for the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily consisted of $225.0 million of cash paid for capital expenditures and other of $13.4
million offset by $0.1 million of proceeds from sale of property and equipment. Cash paid for capital expenditures for the year ended
December 31, 2020 consisted of $40.7 million of routine capital expenditures and $175.9 million of expansion capital expenditures.
Cash used in continuing financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $1,641.1 million compared to
$48.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Cash used in continuing financing activities for the year ended December 31,
2021 primarily consisted of repayment of long-term debt of $2,227.9 million, principal payments on revolving credit facility of $330.0
million, principal payments on long-term debt of $8.0 million, payment of debt issuance costs of $8.0 million, other of $6.9 million
and distributions to noncontrolling interests of $1.6 million offset by borrowing on long-term debt of $425.0 million, borrowings on
revolving credit facility of $500.0 million and common stock withheld for minimum statutory taxes of $16.3 million. Cash used in
continuing financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily consisted of repayment of long-term debt of $909.8
million, principal payments on revolving credit facility of $100.0 million, principal payments on long-term debt of $41.3 million,
payment of debt issuance costs of $18.3 million, other of $3.1 million and distributions to noncontrolling interests of $0.9 million
offset by borrowing on long-term debt of $925.0 million, borrowings on revolving credit facility of $100.0 million and common stock
withheld for minimum statutory taxes of $0.2 million.
We had total available cash and cash equivalents of $133.8 million, $378.7 million and $99.5 million at December 31, 2021,
2020 and 2019, respectively, of which approximately $20.1 million, $17.0 million and $4.2 million was held by our foreign
subsidiaries, respectively. Our strategic plan does not require the repatriation of foreign cash in order to fund our operations in the
U.S.
New Credit Facility
We entered into the New Credit Facility on March 17, 2021. The New Credit Facility provides for a $600.0 million Revolving
Facility and a $425.0 million Term Loan Facility with each maturing on March 17, 2026 unless extended in accordance with the terms
of the New Credit Facility. The Revolving Facility further provides for (i) up to $20.0 million to be utilized for the issuance of letters
of credit and (ii) the availability of a swingline facility under which we may borrow up to $20.0 million.
As a part of the closing of the New Credit Facility on March 17, 2021, we (i) refinanced and terminated the Prior Credit Facility
and (ii) financed the redemption of all of the outstanding 5.625% Senior Notes.
We had $426.9 million of availability under the Revolving Facility and had standby letters of credit outstanding of $3.1 million
related to security for the payment of claims required by our workers’ compensation insurance program at December 31, 2021.
45
During the third quarter of 2021, we repaid $60.0 million of the initial $160.0 million balance outstanding on the Revolving
Facility. During the fourth quarter of 2021, we had a draw of $70.0 million on the Revolving Facility related to the CenterPointe
acquisition.
The New Credit Facility requires quarterly principal repayments for the Term Loan Facility of $2.7 million for March 31, 2022,
$5.3 million for June 30, 2022 to March 31, 2024, $8.0 million for June 30, 2024 to March 31, 2025, $10.6 million for June 30, 2025
to December 31, 2025, with the remaining principal balance of the Term Loan Facility due on the maturity date of March 17, 2026.
We have the ability to increase the amount of the Senior Facilities, which may take the form of increases to the Revolving
Facility or the Term Loan Facility or the issuance of one or more Incremental Facilities, upon obtaining additional commitments from
new or existing lenders and the satisfaction of customary conditions precedent for such Incremental Facilities. Such Incremental
Facilities may not exceed the sum of (i) the greater of $480.0 million and an amount equal to 100% of the Consolidated EBITDA (as
defined in the New Credit Facility) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the New Credit Facility) (as
determined for the four fiscal quarter period most recently ended for which financial statements are available), and (ii) additional
amounts so long as, after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the New Credit
Facility) does not exceed 3.5 to 1.0.
Subject to certain exceptions, substantially all of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly-
owned U.S. subsidiaries are required to guarantee the repayment of our obligations under the New Credit Facility. Borrowings under
the Senior Facilities bear interest at a floating rate, which will initially be, at our option, either (i) adjusted LIBOR plus 1.50% or
(ii) an alternative base rate plus 0.50% (in each case, subject to adjustment based on the Company’s consolidated total net leverage
ratio). An unused fee initially set at 0.20% per annum (subject to adjustment based on the Company’s consolidated total net leverage
ratio) is payable quarterly in arrears based on the actual daily undrawn portion of the commitments in respect of the Revolving
Facility.
The interest rates and the unused line fee on unused commitments related to the Senior Facilities are based upon the following
pricing tiers:
Pricing Tier
1
2
3
4
5
Consolidated
Leverage Ratio
≥ 4.50:1.0
<4.50:1.0 but ≥ 3.75:1.0
<3.75:1.0 but ≥ 3.00:1.0
<3.00:1.0 but ≥ 2.25:1.0
<2.25:1.0
Eurodollar
Rate Loans
Base Rate
Loans
Commitment
Fee
2.250 %
2.000 %
1.750 %
1.500 %
1.375 %
1.250 %
1.000 %
0.750 %
0.500 %
0.375 %
0.350 %
0.300 %
0.250 %
0.200 %
0.200 %
The New Credit Facility contains customary representations and affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on the
Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt, grant or permit additional liens, make investments and acquisitions,
merge or consolidate with others, dispose of assets, pay dividends and distributions, pay junior indebtedness and enter into affiliate
transactions, in each case, subject to customary exceptions. In addition, the New Credit Facility contains financial covenants requiring
the Company on a consolidated basis to maintain, as of the last day of any consecutive four fiscal quarter period, a consolidated total
net leverage ratio of not more than 5.0 to 1.0 and an interest coverage ratio of at least 3.0 to 1.0. The New Credit Facility also includes
events of default customary for facilities of this type and upon the occurrence of such events of default, among other things, all
outstanding loans under the Senior Facilities may be accelerated and/or the lenders’ commitments terminated. At December 31, 2021,
the Company was in compliance with such covenants.
Prior Credit Facility
We entered into the Senior Secured Credit Facility on April 1, 2011. On December 31, 2012, we entered into the Prior Credit
Facility which amended and restated the Senior Secured Credit Facility. We amended the Prior Credit Facility from time to time as
described in our prior filings with the SEC.
On April 21, 2020, we entered into the Thirteenth Amendment to the Prior Credit Facility. The Thirteenth Amendment amended
the Consolidated Leverage Ratio in the prior covenant to increase such leverage ratio for the rest of 2020.
On November 13, 2020, we entered into the Fourth Repricing Facilities Amendment to the Prior Credit Facility. The Fourth
Repricing Facilities Amendment extended the maturity date of each of the prior revolving line of credit and the prior TLA Facility
from November 30, 2021 to November 30, 2022. The Fourth Repricing Facilities Amendment also (1) replaced the revolving line of
credit in an aggregate committed amount of $500.0 million with an aggregate committed amount of approximately $459.0 million and
(2) replaced the TLA Facility aggregate outstanding principal amount of approximately $352.4 million with an aggregate principal
amount of approximately $318.9 million. The interest rate margin applicable to both facilities remained unchanged from the prior
46
facilities, and the commitment fee applicable to the new revolving line of credit also remained unchanged from the prior revolving line
of credit. In connection with the Fourth Repricing Facilities Amendment, we recorded a debt extinguishment charge of $1.0 million,
including the write-off of discount and deferred financing costs, which was recorded in debt extinguishment costs in the consolidated
statement of operations at December 31, 2020.
On January 5, 2021, we made a voluntary payment of $105.0 million on the Tranche B-4 Facility. On January 19, 2021, we used
a portion of the net proceeds from the U.K. Sale to repay the outstanding balances of $311.7 million of the TLA Facility and $767.9
million of the Tranche B-4 Facility of the Prior Credit Facility. At March 31, 2021, in connection with the termination of the Prior
Credit Facility, we recorded a debt extinguishment charge of $10.9 million, including the write-off of discount and deferred financing
costs, which was recorded in debt extinguishment costs in the consolidated statement of operations.
Senior Notes
5.500% Senior Notes due 2028
On June 24, 2020, we issued $450.0 million of the 5.500% Senior Notes due 2028. The 5.500% Senior Notes mature on July 1,
2028 and bear interest at a rate of 5.500% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on January 1 and July 1 of each year,
commencing on January 1, 2021.
5.000% Senior Notes due 2029
On October 14, 2020, we issued $475.0 million of the 5.000% Senior Notes. The 5.000% Senior Notes mature on April 15, 2029
and bear interest at a rate of 5.000% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year,
commencing on April 15, 2021. We used the net proceeds of the 5.000% Senior Notes to prepay approximately $453.3 million of the
outstanding borrowings on the Tranche B-3 Facility and used the remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes and to pay
related fees and expenses in connection with the offering. In connection with the 5.000% Senior Notes, we recorded a debt
extinguishment charge of $2.9 million, including the write-off of discount and deferred financing costs of the Tranche B-3 Facility,
which was recorded in debt extinguishment costs in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020.
The indentures governing the Senior Notes contain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our
restricted subsidiaries to: (i) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments; (ii) incur additional debt or issue
certain preferred stock; (iii) transfer or sell assets; (iv) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (v) create restrictions on dividends
or other payments by the restricted subsidiaries; (vi) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets; and (vii) create liens on
assets.
The Senior Notes issued by us are guaranteed by each of our subsidiaries that guaranteed our obligations under the New Credit
Facility. The guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several.
We may redeem the Senior Notes at our option, in whole or part, at the dates and amounts set forth in the indentures.
5.625% Senior Notes due 2023
On February 11, 2015, we issued $375.0 million of the 5.625% Senior Notes. On September 21, 2015, we issued $275.0 million
of additional 5.625% Senior Notes. The additional notes formed a single class of debt securities with the 5.625% Senior Notes issued
in February 2015. Giving effect to this issuance, we had outstanding an aggregate of $650.0 million of the 5.625% Senior Notes. The
5.625% Senior Notes were to mature on February 15, 2023 and bear interest at a rate of 5.625% per annum, payable semi-annually in
arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. On March 17, 2021, we redeemed the 5.625% Senior Notes.
6.500% Senior Notes due 2024
On February 16, 2016, we issued $390.0 million of the 6.500% Senior Notes. The 6.500% Senior Notes were to mature on
March 1, 2024 and bear interest at a rate of 6.500% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each
year, beginning on September 1, 2016. On March 1, 2021, we redeemed the 6.500% Senior Notes.
Redemption of 5.625% Senior Notes and 6.500% Senior Notes
On January 29, 2021, we issued conditional notices of full redemption providing for the redemption in full of $650 million of
the 5.625% Senior Notes and $390 million of the 6.500% Senior Notes to the holders of such notes.
On March 1, 2021, we satisfied and discharged the indentures governing the 6.500% Senior Notes. In connection with the
redemption of the 6.500% Senior Notes, we recorded debt extinguishment costs of $10.5 million, including $6.3 million cash paid for
breakage costs and the write-off of deferred financing costs of $4.2 million in the consolidated statement of operations.
47
On March 17, 2021, we satisfied and discharged the indentures governing the 5.625% Senior Notes. In connection with the
redemption of the 5.625% Senior Notes, we recorded debt extinguishment costs of $3.3 million, including the write-off of deferred
financing and premiums costs in the consolidated statement of operations.
6.125% Senior Notes due 2021
On March 12, 2013, we issued $150.0 million of the 6.125% Senior Notes. The 6.125% Senior Notes were to mature on
March 15, 2021 and bear interest at a rate of 6.125% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of
each year. On June 24, 2020, we redeemed the 6.125% Senior Notes.
5.125% Senior Notes due 2022
On July 1, 2014, we issued $300.0 million of the 5.125% Senior Notes. The 5.125% Senior Notes were to mature on July 1,
2022 and bear interest at a rate of 5.125% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on January 1 and July 1 of each year. On June
24, 2020, we redeemed the 5.125% Senior Notes.
Redemption of 6.125% Senior Notes and 5.125% Senior Notes
On June 10, 2020, we issued conditional notices of full redemption providing for the redemption in full of the 6.125% Senior
Notes and the 5.125% Senior Notes on the Redemption Date, in each case at the Redemption Price. On June 24, 2020, we satisfied and
discharged the indentures governing the 6.125% Senior Notes and the 5.125% Senior Notes by irrevocably depositing with a trustee
sufficient funds equal to the Redemption Price for the 6.125% Senior Notes and the 5.125% Senior Notes and otherwise complying
with the terms in the indentures relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the 6.125% Senior Notes and the 5.125% Senior Notes. In
connection with the redemption of the 6.125% Senior Notes and the 5.125% Senior Notes, we recorded a debt extinguishment charge
of $3.3 million, including the write-off of the deferred financing and other costs in the consolidated statement of operations for the
year ended December 31, 2020.
Other long-term debt
During the year ended December 31, 2021, we repaid other long-term debt of $3.3 million, which is reflected in financing
activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows.
Contractual Obligations
The following table presents a summary of contractual obligations (dollars in thousands):
Less Than
1 Year
1-3 Years
3-5 Years
More Than
5 Years
Total
Payments Due by Period
Long-term debt (a)
Operating lease liabilities (b)
Finance lease liabilities
Total obligations and commitments
$
77,142 $ 166,492 $ 624,605 $ 1,021,500 $ 1,889,739
68,428 182,212
29,973
28,076
22,911
990
$ 108,105 $ 218,070 $ 661,013 $ 1,112,839 $ 2,100,027
34,230
2,178
49,581
1,997
(a) Amounts include required principal and interest payments. The projected interest payments reflect interest rates in place on our
variable-rate debt at December 31, 2021.
(b) Amounts exclude variable components of lease payments.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
At December 31, 2021, we had standby letters of credit outstanding of $3.1 million related to security for the payment of claims
as required by our workers’ compensation insurance program.
Market Risk
Our interest expense is sensitive to changes in market interest rates. Our long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2021 was
composed of $912.8 million of fixed-rate debt and $584.4 million of variable-rate debt with interest based on LIBOR plus an
applicable margin. A hypothetical 10% increase in interest rates (which would equate to a 0.16% higher rate on our variable-rate debt)
would decrease our net income and cash flows by $0.7 million on an annual basis based upon our borrowing level at December 31,
2021.
48
Critical Accounting Policies
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
U.S. In preparing our financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses included in the financial statements. Estimates are based on historical experience and other
available information, the results of which form the basis of such estimates. While management believes our estimation processes are
reasonable, actual results could differ from our estimates. The following accounting policies are considered critical to the portrayal of
our financial condition and operating performance and involve highly subjective and complex assumptions and assessments:
Revenue and Accounts Receivable
Our revenue is primarily derived from services rendered to patients for inpatient psychiatric and substance abuse care, outpatient
psychiatric care and adolescent residential treatment. We receive payments from the following sources for services rendered in our
facilities: (i) state governments under their respective Medicaid and other programs; (ii) commercial insurers; (iii) the federal
government under the Medicare program administered by CMS; and (iv) individual patients and clients. We determine the transaction
price based on established billing rates reduced by contractual adjustments provided to third-party payors, discounts provided to
uninsured patients and implicit price concessions. Contractual adjustments and discounts are based on contractual agreements,
discount policies and historical experience. Implicit price concessions are based on historical collection experience.
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from Medicare, Medicaid and other payors that receive discounts from
established billing rates. The Medicare and Medicaid regulations and various managed care contracts under which these discounts
must be calculated are complex, subject to interpretation and adjustment, and may include multiple reimbursement mechanisms for
different types of services provided in the Company’s inpatient facilities and cost settlement provisions. Management estimates the
transaction price on a payor-specific basis given its interpretation of the applicable regulations or contract terms. The services
authorized and provided and related reimbursement are often subject to interpretation that could result in payments that differ from our
estimates. Additionally, updated regulations and contract renegotiations occur frequently, necessitating regular review and assessment
of the estimation process by management.
Settlements under cost reimbursement agreements with third-party payors are estimated and recorded in the period in which the
related services are rendered and are adjusted in future periods as final settlements are determined. Final determination of amounts
earned under the Medicare and Medicaid programs often occurs in subsequent years because of audits by such programs, rights of
appeal and the application of numerous technical provisions. In the opinion of management, adequate provision has been made for any
adjustments and final settlements. However, there can be no assurance that any such adjustments and final settlements will not have a
material effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. Our cost report payables were $6.5 million for the year
ended December 31, 2021 and were included in other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. Our cost report receivables
were $5.8 million at December 31, 2020 and were included in other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Management
believes that these receivables are properly stated and are not likely to be settled for a significantly different amount. The net
adjustments to estimated cost report settlements resulted in decreases to revenue of $5.4 million, $1.3 million $0.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The following table presents revenue by payor type and as a percentage of revenue in our U.S. Facilities for the years ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Commercial
Medicare
Medicaid
Self-Pay
Other
Revenue
%
%
Amount
$ 684,292
364,598
1,147,884
93,425
24,195
28.2 %
14.7 %
50.1 %
5.9 %
1.1 %
$ 2,314,394 100.0 % $ 2,089,929 100.0 % $ 2,008,381 100.0 %
Amount
29.6 % $ 596,698
15.8 % 330,070
49.6 % 1,037,852
98,302
27,007
Amount
28.5 % $ 565,350
15.8 % 294,691
49.7 % 1,007,102
4.7 % 118,716
22,522
1.3 %
4.0 %
1.0 %
%
49
The following tables present a summary of our aging of accounts receivable at December 31, 2021 and 2020:
December 31, 2021
Commercial
Medicare
Medicaid
Self-Pay
Other
Total
December 31, 2020
Commercial
Medicare
Medicaid
Self-Pay
Other
Total
Insurance
Current
30-90
90-150
>150
Total
20.1 %
11.3 %
28.6 %
1.3 %
0.1 %
61.4 %
6.2 %
1.7 %
3.5 %
1.4 %
0.1 %
12.9 %
2.6 %
0.5 %
2.0 %
1.4 %
0.2 %
6.7 %
8.2 %
2.0 %
5.6 %
3.0 %
0.2 %
19.0 %
37.1 %
15.5 %
39.7 %
7.1 %
0.6 %
100.0 %
Current
30-90
90-150
>150
Total
19.8 %
12.0 %
27.4 %
1.5 %
0.0 %
60.7 %
5.6 %
1.2 %
4.7 %
1.4 %
0.3 %
13.2 %
2.2 %
0.6 %
2.7 %
1.3 %
0.1 %
6.9 %
6.3 %
1.5 %
8.6 %
2.5 %
0.3 %
19.2 %
33.9 %
15.3 %
43.4 %
6.7 %
0.7 %
100.0 %
We are subject to medical malpractice and other lawsuits due to the nature of the services we provide. A portion of our
professional liability risks are insured through a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary. We are self-insured for professional liability
claims up to $3 million per claim through August 31, 2021 and $10.0 million thereafter, and have obtained reinsurance coverage from
a third party to cover claims in excess of the retention limit. The reinsurance policy has a coverage limit of $60.0 million in the
aggregate. Our reinsurance receivables are recognized consistent with the related liabilities and include known claims and any
incurred but not reported claims that are covered by current insurance policies in place. The reserve for professional and general
liability risks was estimated based on historical claims, demographic factors, industry trends, severity factors, and other actuarial
assumptions. The estimated accrual for professional and general liabilities could be significantly affected should current and future
occurrences differ from historical claim trends and expectations. While claims are monitored closely when estimating professional and
general liability accruals, the complexity of the claims and wide range of potential outcomes often hampers timely adjustments to the
assumptions used in these estimates. The professional and general liability reserve was $87.8 million at December 31, 2021, of which
$11.9 million was included in other accrued liabilities and $75.9 million was included in other long-term liabilities. The professional
and general liability reserve was $77.5 million at December 31, 2020, of which $9.7 million was included in other accrued liabilities
and $67.8 million was included in other long-term liabilities. We estimate receivables for the portion of professional and general
liability reserves that are recoverable under our insurance policies. Such receivable was $37.9 million at December 31, 2021, of which
$10.8 million was included in other current assets and $27.1 million was included in other assets, and such receivable was
$27.2 million at December 31, 2020, of which $6.8 million was included in other current assets and $20.4 million was included in
other assets.
Our statutory workers’ compensation program is fully insured with a $0.5 million deductible per accident. The workers’
compensation liability was $23.6 million at December 31, 2021, of which $12.0 million was included in accrued salaries and benefits
and $11.6 million was included in other long-term liabilities, and such liability was $23.0 million at December 31, 2020, of which
$12.0 million was included in accrued salaries and benefits and $11.0 million was included in other long-term liabilities. The reserve
for workers compensation claims was based upon independent actuarial estimates of future amounts that will be paid to claimants.
Management believes that adequate provisions have been made for workers’ compensation and professional and general liability risk
exposures.
Property and Equipment and Other Long-Lived Assets
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives
of the assets, which typically range from 10 to 50 years for buildings and improvements, three to seven years for equipment and the
shorter of the lease term or estimated useful lives for leasehold improvements. When assets are sold or retired, the corresponding cost
and accumulated depreciation are removed from the related accounts and any gain or loss is recorded in the period of sale or
retirement. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation expense was $106.7 million, $95.3 million and
$87.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The carrying values of long-lived assets are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events, circumstances or operating
results indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If this review indicates that the asset will not be
50
recoverable, as determined based upon the undiscounted cash flows of the operating asset over the remaining useful life, the carrying
value of the asset will be reduced to its estimated fair value. Fair value estimates are based on independent appraisals, market values of
comparable assets or internal evaluations of future net cash flows. During the second quarter of 2021, we opened a 260-bed
replacement facility in Pennsylvania and recorded a non-cash property impairment charge of $23.2 million for the existing facility.
Additionally, during the third quarter of 2021, we recorded a $1.1 million non-cash property impairment charge for one facility in
Louisiana resulting from hurricane damage.
We performed an impairment review of long-lived assets in the fourth quarter of 2021 and recorded no impairment. The
impairment review of long-lived assets in the fourth quarters of 2020 and 2019, indicated the carrying amounts of certain of our long-
lived assets in the U.S. Facilities may not be recoverable. This created a non-cash impairment of $4.2 million and $27.2 million for the
years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These items were recorded in loss on impairment on our consolidated
statements of operations.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, which consist of licenses and accreditations, trade names and
certificates of need intangible assets that are not amortized, are evaluated for impairment annually during the fourth quarter or more
frequently if events indicate the carrying value of a reporting unit may not be recoverable.
Subsequent to the U.K. Sale, as of our annual impairment test on October 1, 2021, we had one reporting unit, behavioral health
services. The fair value of our behavioral health services reporting unit substantially exceeded its carrying value, and therefore no
impairment was recorded. Additionally, during the second quarter of 2021, we sold one outpatient facility for $4.3 million and
recorded a write down of $1.8 million of goodwill and $0.2 million of intangible assets related to the disposition. During the fourth
quarter of 2021, we sold one outpatient facility for $1.5 million and recorded a write down of $0.7 million of goodwill and $0.1
million of intangibles related to the disposition.
As of our annual impairment test on October 1, 2020, we had two operating segments for segment reporting purposes, U.S.
Facilities and U.K. Facilities, each of which represented a reporting unit for purposes of our goodwill impairment test.
Our annual goodwill impairment and other indefinite-lived intangible assets test performed as of October 1, 2020 considered
recent financial performance, including the impacts of COVID-19 on certain portions of the U.K. business. The 2020 impairment test
of the U.K. Facilities indicated carrying value of the reporting unit exceeded the estimated fair value and resulted in a non-cash loss on
impairment of the remaining goodwill of the U.K. Facilities of $356.2 million. The non-cash loss on impairment is included in loss on
sale within discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of operations. As of our impairment test on October 1, 2020, the fair
value of our U.S Facilities reporting unit substantially exceeded its carrying value, and therefore no impairment was recorded.
Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $0.6 million related to indefinite-
lived assets related to closed facilities in the U.S., which is included in loss on impairment in the consolidated statement of operations.
Income Taxes
We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes reflect the net
tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the
amounts used for income tax purposes and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The amount of deferred taxes on these
temporary differences is determined using the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the
liability is settled, as applicable, based on tax rates and laws in the respective tax jurisdiction enacted as of the balance sheet date.
We review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance based on historical taxable income,
projected future taxable income, applicable tax strategies, and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences.
A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized.
We report a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax
return. We recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.
We also have accruals for taxes and associated interest that may become payable in future years as a result of audits by tax
authorities. We accrue for tax contingencies when it is more likely than not that a liability to a taxing authority has been incurred and
the amount of the contingency can be reasonably estimated. Although we believe that the positions taken on previously filed tax
returns are reasonable, we nevertheless have established tax and interest reserves in recognition that various taxing authorities may
challenge the positions taken by us resulting in additional liabilities for taxes and interest. These amounts are reviewed as
circumstances warrant and adjusted as events occur that affect our potential liability for additional taxes, such as lapsing of applicable
51
statutes of limitations, conclusion of tax audits, additional exposure based on current calculations, identification of new issues, release
of administrative guidance, or rendering of a court decision affecting a particular tax issue.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Information with respect to this Item is provided under the caption “Market Risk” under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Information with respect to this Item is contained in our consolidated financial statements beginning on Page F-1 of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this report, our management conducted an evaluation, with the participation of our chief
executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-
15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, our
chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure
that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and
communicated to management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure.
Reports on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have included a report of management’s assessment of the
design and operating effectiveness of our internal controls as part of this report. Our independent registered public accounting firm
also reported on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report and the independent registered
public accounting firm’s report are included in our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this report under the
captions entitled “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm.”
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2021 that
have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information.
None.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Not applicable.
52
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
Directors
PART III
The information with respect to our directors set forth under the caption “Election of Directors” in our Definitive Proxy
Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 19, 2022 is incorporated herein by reference.
Audit Committee
The information with respect to our Audit Committee and our audit committee financial experts serving on the Audit Committee
is set forth under the caption “Corporate Governance – Committees of the Board of Directors – Audit Committee” in our Definitive
Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 19, 2022 is incorporated herein by reference.
Executive Officers
The information with respect to our executive officers set forth under the caption “Management – Executive Officers” in our
Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 19, 2022 is incorporated herein by reference.
Section 16(a) Compliance
The information with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act set forth under the caption “Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management—Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in our Definitive Proxy Statement for
the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 19, 2022 is incorporated herein by reference.
Stockholder Nominees
The information with respect to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to the board of directors set
forth under the caption “Corporate Governance – Nomination of Directors – Nominations by Our Stockholders” in our Definitive
Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 19, 2022 is incorporated herein by reference.
Corporate Governance Documents
We have adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees and a Code of Ethics for Senior
Financial Officers. These documents, as well as the charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and
Governance Committee, are available on our website at www.acadiahealthcare.com on the Investors webpage under the caption
“Corporate Governance.” Upon the written request of any person, we will furnish, without charge, a copy of any of these documents.
Requests should be directed to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc., 6100 Tower Circle, Suite 1000, Franklin, Tennessee 37067,
Attention: Christopher L. Howard, Esq. We intend to disclose any amendments to our Code of Ethics and any waiver from a provision
of our code, as required by the SEC, on our website.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information with respect to the compensation of our executive officers set forth under the captions “Executive
Compensation” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and the information set forth under the captions “Director
Compensation,” “Corporate Governance – Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Compensation
Committee Report” in our Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 19, 2022 is
incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related stockholder
matters set forth under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our Definitive Proxy
Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 19, 2022 is incorporated herein by reference.
53
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information at December 31, 2021 with respect to compensation plans (including individual
compensation arrangements) under which shares of Common Stock are authorized for issuance:
Plan Category
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by
Stockholders (b)
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by
Stockholders
Total
Number of Securities
to be Issued upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance under
Equity Compensation
Plans (a)
3,537,116 (c)
$ 42.07
4,481,404
—
3,537,116
$ —
—
4,481,404
(a) Excludes shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and vesting of outstanding restricted stock units.
(b) Represents securities issued or available for issuance under the Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan.
(c)
Includes 1,504,421 shares that may be issued upon vesting of outstanding restricted stock units that vest over three years,
assuming that maximum performance goals are attained in all three years.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions and director independence set forth under the
captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance – Independence of the Board of Directors” in
our Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 19, 2022 is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information with respect to the fees paid to and services provided by our principal accountants set forth under the caption
“Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 19, 2022 is incorporated herein by reference.
54
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
1. Consolidated Financial Statements :
PART IV
The consolidated financial statements required to be included in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,
begin on Page F-1 and are submitted as a separate section of this report.
2. Financial Statement Schedules :
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or are not required, or because the required information is included in
the consolidated financial statements or notes in this report.
3. Exhibits :
Exhibit
No.
2.1
Put and Call Option Deed, dated as of December 30, 2020, by and between RemedcoUK Limited and the Company.
(a)
Exhibit Description
2.2
Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2021, by and between RemedcoUK Limited and the Company. (a)
3.1
3.2
4.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as filed on October 28, 2011 with the Secretary of State of the
State of Delaware, as amended by the Certificate of Amendment filed on May 25, 2017. (b)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as amended May 25, 2017. (b)
Indenture, dated June 24, 2020, by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National
Association, as Trustee. (c)
4.2
Form of 5.500% Senior Note due 2028 (included as Exhibit A1 in Exhibit 4.1).
4.3
Indenture, dated October 14, 2020, by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National
Association, as Trustee. (d)
4.4
Form of 5.000% Senior Note due 2029 (included as Exhibit A1 in Exhibit 4.3).
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
10.1
10.2
†10.3
Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2014, by and among the Company and
each of the stockholders named therein. (e)
Specimen Common Stock Certificate to be issued to holders of the Company’s Common Stock. (f)
Third Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2015, by and among the
Company and each of the parties named therein. (g)
Joinder, dated February 16, 2016, to the Third Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
December 31, 2015, by and among the Company and each of the parties named therein. (h)
Description of the Company’s Securities (i).
Credit Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2021, among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, as
guarantors, the several banks and other financial institutions as may from time to time become parties thereunder as
lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender. (j)
Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2021, among the Company, the other obligors party thereto
and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. (j)
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2021, by and between Acadia Management Company, Inc. and
Debra K. Osteen. (k)
55
†10.4
†10.5
†10.6
†10.7
†10.8
†10.9
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 22, 2021, by and between Acadia Management Company,
Inc. and Debra K. Osteen. (l)
Side Letter to Employment Agreement, dated January 31, 2022, by and between Acadia Management Company, Inc.
and Debra K. Osteen. (l)
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated April 7, 2014, among the Company, Acadia Management
Company, Inc. and Christopher L. Howard. (m)
Employment Agreement, dated April 7, 2014, by and among the Company, Acadia Management Company, Inc. and
David M. Duckworth. (m)
Employment Agreement, dated July 31, 2019, by and between Acadia Management Company, Inc. and John S.
Hollinsworth. (n)
Employment Agreement, dated August 6, 2019, by and between Acadia Management Company, Inc. and Laurence
L. Harrod. (o)
†10.10
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan, effective May 23, 2013. (p)
†10.11
†10.12
First Amendment, effective May 19, 2016, to the Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan.
(q)
Second Amendment, effective May 6, 2021, to the Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan.
(r)
†10.13
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. (s)
†10.14
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement. (t)
†10.15
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. (t)
†10.16
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement. (s)
†10.17
Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement. (t)
†10.18
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, effective February 1, 2013. (u)
†10.19
Nonmanagement Director Compensation Program, effective January 1, 2013. (u)
10.20
10.21
21*
22*
23*
31.1*
31.2*
32.1*
32.2*
Form of Indemnification Agreement (for directors and officers affiliated with Waud Capital Partners or Bain
Capital). (v)
Form of Indemnification Agreement (for directors and officers not affiliated with Waud Capital Partners or Bain
Capital). (v)
Subsidiaries of the Company.
List of Subsidiary Guarantors and Issuers of Guaranteed Securities.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Company pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Company pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.
101.INS**
Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its
XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCH** Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
56
101.CAL** Inline XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF** Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB** Inline XBRL Taxonomy Labels Linkbase Document.
101.PRE** Inline XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.
104
†
*
**
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
The cover page from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, has been
formatted in Inline XBRL.
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Filed herewith.
The XBRL related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K shall not be deemed “filed” for
purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to liability of that
section and shall not be incorporated by reference into any filing or other document pursuant to the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing or document.
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2020 (File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 25, 2017
(File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 24, 2020
(File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 14, 2020
(File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 30, 2014
(File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, as amended (File
No. 333-175523), originally filed with the SEC on November 23, 2011.
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 4, 2016
(File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 16, 2016
(File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2020 (File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-Q for the three months
ended March 31, 2021 (File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 22, 2021
(File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 1, 2022
(File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 11, 2014
(File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to the Current Report on Form 8-
K filed August 6, 2019 (File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 6, 2019
(File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed July 30,
2013 (File No. 333-190232).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months
ended June 30, 2016 (File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed March 24, 2021
(File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-Q for the three months
ended March 31, 2018 (File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4, as amended (File
No. 333-175523), originally filed with the SEC on July 13, 2011.
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months
ended March 31, 2013 (File No. 001-35331).
Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 1, 2011
(File No. 001-35331).
57
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.
None.
58
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
By: /s/ DEBRA K. OSTEEN
Debra K. Osteen
Chief Executive Officer and Director
Dated: March 1, 2022
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
/s/ DEBRA K. OSTEEN
Debra K. Osteen
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
/s/ DAVID M. DUCKWORTH
David M. Duckworth
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer
and Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ REEVE B. WAUD
Reeve B. Waud
/s/JASON R. BERNHARD
Jason R. Bernhard
/s/ E. PEROT BISSELL
E. Perot Bissell
/s/ MICHAEL J. FUCCI
Michael J. Fucci
/s/ VICKY B. GREGG
Vicky B. Gregg
/s/ WILLIAM F. GRIECO
William F. Grieco
/s/ WADE D. MIQUELON
Wade D. Miquelon
/s/ WILLIAM M. PETRIE
William M. Petrie
Chairman of the Board
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Date
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
59
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB: 42)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
PAGE
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-9
F-10
F-11
F-1
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such
term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of
our internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2021 based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (COSO). Based
on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at December 31, 2021.
Our accompanying consolidated financial statements have been audited by the independent registered public accounting firm
of Ernst & Young LLP. Reports of the independent registered public accounting firm, including the independent registered public
accounting firm’s report on our internal control over financial reporting, are included in this report.
F-2
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on
criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in
all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB),
the consolidated balance sheets of Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2021, and the related notes and our report dated March 1, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal
Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to
the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only
in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect
on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Nashville, Tennessee
March 1, 2022
F-3
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. (the Company) as of
December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the
“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of the Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal
Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013
framework), and our report dated February 25, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required
to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error
or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether
due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material
to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the
critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not,
by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or
disclosures to which it relates.
Revenue Recognition
Description of the
Matter
For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized $2.3 billion of revenue from
continuing operations. As discussed in Note 4 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company
determines the transaction price for services to patients in its U.S. Facilities based on established billing
rates reduced by contractual adjustments provided to third-party payors, discounts provided to uninsured
patients and implicit price concessions. Contractual adjustments and discounts are based on contractual
agreements, discount policies and historical experience. Implicit price concessions are based primarily
on historical collection experience.
How We Addressed the
Matter in Our Audit
Auditing the Company’s revenue recognition and its estimates of contractual adjustments, discounts and
implicit price concessions was complex and judgmental due to the significant data inputs and subjective
assumptions utilized in estimating the related amounts. Various reimbursement programs under which
these amounts must be estimated are complex and subject to interpretation and adjustment. Additionally,
updated regulations and contract renegotiations occur frequently, necessitating regular review and
assessment of the estimation process by management.
F-4
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of controls
over the Company’s revenue recognition, including controls over key data inputs to the contractual
adjustment, discount and implicit price concession estimates and management’s review and
consideration of retrospective analyses of historical expected cash collections compared to subsequent
actual collections.
To test the revenue recognized, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, testing the
validity of a sample of revenue transactions and the completeness and accuracy of data inputs to the
estimates of contractual adjustments, discounts and implicit price concessions, including payor
contractual terms and historical collection experience. We assessed the historical accuracy of
management’s estimates based on subsequent collection experience and used the assessment as a source
of potential corroborative or contrary evidence supporting management’s assumptions of future
collections of existing accounts receivable.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2006.
Nashville, Tennessee
March 1, 2022
F-5
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Other current assets
Current assets held for sale
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Deferred tax assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Other assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt
Accounts payable
Accrued salaries and benefits
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Other accrued liabilities
Derivative instrument liabilities
Current liabilities held for sale
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt
Deferred tax liabilities
Operating lease liabilities
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
Equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized,
no shares issued
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 180,000,000 shares authorized;
89,028,158 and 88,024,395 issued and outstanding as of
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Accumulated deficit
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity
See accompanying notes.
$
$
$
December 31,
2021
2020
(In thousands, except share and per
share amounts)
133,813 $
281,332
79,886
—
495,031
1,771,159
2,199,937
70,145
3,080
133,761
94,965
4,768,078 $
18,594 $
98,575
137,845
23,348
126,499
—
—
404,861
1,478,626
74,368
116,841
110,505
2,185,201
65,388
378,697
273,551
61,332
1,809,815
2,523,395
1,622,896
2,105,264
68,535
3,209
96,937
79,126
6,499,362
153,478
87,815
124,912
18,916
178,453
84,584
660,027
1,308,185
2,968,948
50,017
84,029
133,412
4,544,591
55,315
—
—
890
2,636,350
—
(119,751 )
2,517,489
4,768,078 $
880
2,580,327
(371,365 )
(310,386 )
1,899,456
6,499,362
$
F-6
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
2019
$
2,314,394 $
2,089,929 $
2,008,381
1,243,804
136,739
90,702
38,519
301,339
(17,900 )
106,717
76,993
24,650
24,293
12,778
2,038,634
275,760
67,557
208,203
(12,641 )
195,562
(4,927 )
190,635 $
1,154,522
120,489
87,241
37,362
262,272
(32,819 )
95,256
158,105
7,233
4,751
11,720
1,906,132
183,797
40,606
143,191
(812,390 )
(669,199 )
(2,933 )
(672,132 ) $
1,107,357
118,451
85,534
35,486
259,536
—
87,923
187,325
—
27,217
21,157
1,929,986
78,395
25,085
53,310
56,812
110,122
(1,199 )
108,923
2.29 $
(0.14 )
2.15 $
1.60 $
(9.25 )
(7.65 ) $
0.59
0.65
1.24
2.24 $
(0.14 )
2.10 $
1.58 $
(9.17 )
(7.59 ) $
0.59
0.65
1.24
88,769
90,793
87,875
88,595
87,612
87,816
Revenue
Salaries, wages and benefits (including equity-based compensation
expense of $37,530, $22,504 and $17,307, respectively)
Professional fees
Supplies
Rents and leases
Other operating expenses
Income from provider relief fund
Depreciation and amortization
Interest expense, net
Debt extinguishment costs
Loss on impairment
Transaction-related expenses
Total expenses
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Income from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
Net income (loss)
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company,
Inc. stockholders:
Income from continuing operations attributable to Acadia Healthcare
Company, Inc.
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss) attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
$
$
$
Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to Acadia Healthcare
Company,
Inc. stockholders:
Income from continuing operations attributable to Acadia Healthcare
Company, Inc.
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss) attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
$
$
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
See accompanying notes.
F-7
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Net income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation (loss) gain
Gain (loss) on derivative instruments, net of tax of $0.1
million, $(3.9) million and $(3.6) million, respectively
Pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $0.0 million, $(0.8)
million and $(0.6) million, respectively
U.K. Sale
Other comprehensive income
Comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Acadia Healthcare
Company, Inc.
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(In thousands)
2019
$
195,562 $
(669,199 ) $
110,122
(4,260 )
61,247
69,811
19
(11,272 )
(19,008 )
—
375,606
371,365
566,927
(4,927 )
(6,456 )
—
43,519
(625,680 )
(2,933 )
(3,310 )
—
47,493
157,615
(1,199 )
$
562,000 $
(628,613 ) $
156,416
See accompanying notes.
F-8
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Equity
(In thousands)
Balance at January 1, 2019
Common stock issued under stock incentive plans
Common stock withheld for minimum statutory
taxes
Equity-based compensation expense
Other comprehensive income
Other
Net income attributable to Acadia Healthcare
Company, Inc. stockholders
Balance at December 31, 2019
Common stock issued under stock incentive plans
Common stock withheld for minimum statutory
taxes
Equity-based compensation expense
Other comprehensive income
Net loss attributable to Acadia Healthcare
Company, Inc. stockholders
Balance at December 31, 2020
Common stock issued under stock incentive plans
Common stock withheld for minimum statutory
taxes
Equity-based compensation expense
Other comprehensive income
Other
Net income attributable to Acadia Healthcare
Company, Inc. stockholders
Balance at December 31, 2021
Common Stock
Shares
Amount
87,444 $
271
Additional
Paid-
in Capital
874 $ 2,541,987 $
566
3
(Accumulated
Deficit)
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
(462,377 ) $ 252,823 $ 2,333,307
569
—
—
Total
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2,218 )
17,307
—
—
—
—
47,493
—
—
—
—
—
(2,218 )
17,307
47,493
-
—
87,715
309
—
—
877 2,557,642
2,024
3
— 108,923 108,923
(414,884 ) 361,746 2,505,381
2,027
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,843 )
22,504
—
—
—
43,519
—
—
—
(1,843 )
22,504
43,519
—
88,024
1,004
—
—
880 2,580,327
22,019
10
— (672,132 ) (672,132 )
(371,365 ) (310,386 ) 1,899,456
22,029
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(5,734 )
37,530
—
2,208
—
—
371,365
—
(5,734 )
—
—
37,530
— 371,365
2,208
—
—
89,028 $
—
—
890 $ 2,636,350 $
— 190,635 190,635
- $ (119,751 ) $ 2,517,489
See accompanying notes.
F-9
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(In thousands)
2019
$
195,562 $
(669,199 ) $
110,122
Operating activities:
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by continuing
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Equity-based compensation expense
Deferred income taxes
Loss (income) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
Debt extinguishment costs
Loss on impairment
Other
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable, net
Other current assets
Other assets
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities
Accrued salaries and benefits
Other liabilities
Government relief funds
Net cash provided by continuing operating activities
Net cash provided by discontinued operating activities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities:
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Cash paid for capital expenditures
Proceeds from U.K. Sale
Settlement of foreign currency derivatives
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
Cash paid for purchase of finance lease
Other
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing investing activities
Net cash used in discontinued investing activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Financing activities:
Borrowings on long-term debt
Borrowings on revolving credit facility
Principal payments on revolving credit facility
Principal payments on long-term debt
Repayment of long-term debt
Payment of debt issuance costs
Common stock withheld for minimum statutory taxes, net
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
Other
Net cash used in continuing financing activities
Net cash used in discontinued financing activities
Net cash used in financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents, including cash classified within current assets
held for sale
Less: cash classified within current assets held for sale
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid (received) for income taxes
Effect of acquisitions:
Assets acquired, excluding cash
Liabilities assumed
Redeemable noncontrolling interest resulting from an acquisition
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
$
$
$
$
$
See accompanying notes.
F-10
106,717
4,071
37,530
11,772
12,641
24,650
24,293
491
2,448
1,968
(10,770 )
6,164
9,755
(14,940 )
(38,128 )
374,224
253
374,477
(139,015 )
(244,811 )
1,511,020
(84,795 )
3,493
(31,401 )
3,142
1,017,633
—
1,017,633
425,000
500,000
(330,000 )
(7,969 )
(2,227,935 )
(7,964 )
16,295
(1,588 )
(6,900 )
(1,641,061 )
—
(1,641,061 )
4,067
(244,884 )
—
(244,884 )
378,697
133,813 $
93,669 $
79,304 $
176,365 $
(37,350 )
—
139,015 $
95,256
12,636
22,504
53,108
812,390
7,233
4,751
1,041
15,340
9,675
1,519
41,910
(10,001 )
18,082
86,599
502,844
155,963
658,807
—
(224,964 )
—
—
92
—
(13,365 )
(238,237 )
(43,602 )
(281,839 )
925,000
100,000
(100,000 )
(41,291 )
(909,785 )
(18,295 )
184
(916 )
(3,146 )
(48,249 )
(3,250 )
(51,499 )
4,087
329,556
(75,051 )
254,505
124,192
378,697 $
137,578 $
(16,486 ) $
20,200 $
(53 )
(20,147 )
— $
87,923
11,987
17,307
1,089
(56,812 )
—
27,217
3,916
(18,714 )
(501 )
(2,372 )
(20,135 )
5,540
16,862
—
183,429
149,475
332,904
(44,900 )
(232,679 )
—
105,008
11,765
—
12,975
(147,831 )
(53,310 )
(201,141 )
—
76,573
(76,573 )
(52,984 )
—
—
(1,648 )
(154 )
(4,369 )
(59,155 )
(2,472 )
(61,627 )
3,546
73,682
(24,657 )
49,025
50,510
99,535
173,239
31,915
48,594
(3,694 )
—
44,900
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2021
1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation
Description of Business
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. (the “Company”) develops and operates inpatient psychiatric facilities, residential treatment
centers, group homes, substance abuse facilities and facilities providing outpatient behavioral healthcare services to serve the
behavioral health and recovery needs of communities throughout the United States (the “U.S.”) and Puerto Rico. At December 31,
2021, the Company operated 238 behavioral healthcare facilities with approximately 10,500 beds in 40 states and Puerto Rico.
On January 19, 2021, the Company completed the sale of its operations in the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) to RemedcoUK
Limited, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales and owned by funds managed or advised by Waterland Private
Equity Fund VII (the “U.K. Sale”). The U.K. Sale allowed the Company to reduce its indebtedness and focus on its U.S. operations.
As a result of the U.K. Sale, the Company reported, for all periods presented, results of operations and cash flows of the U.K.
operations as discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements. See Note 3 – U.K. Sale.
Basis of Presentation
The business of the Company is conducted through limited liability companies, partnerships and C-corporations. The
Company’s consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all subsidiaries controlled by the Company
through its direct or indirect ownership of majority interests and exclusive rights granted to the Company as the controlling member
of an entity. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual
results could differ from those estimates. The majority of the Company’s expenses are “cost of revenue” items. Costs that could be
classified as general and administrative expenses include the Company’s corporate office costs, which were $108.2 million,
$97.8 million and $90.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years to conform to the current year presentation.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
At times, cash and cash equivalent balances may exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that the Company mitigates
any risks by depositing cash and investing in cash equivalents with major financial institutions.
Insurance
The Company is subject to medical malpractice and other lawsuits due to the nature of the services the Company provides. A
portion of the Company’s professional liability risks are insured through a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary. The Company is
self-insured for professional liability claims up to $3 million per claim through August 31, 2021 and $10.0 million thereafter, and
has obtained reinsurance coverage from a third party to cover claims in excess of the retention limit. The reinsurance policy has a
coverage limit of $60.0 million in the aggregate beginning September 1, 2021. The Company’s reinsurance receivables are
recognized consistent with the related liabilities and include known claims and any incurred but not reported claims that are covered
by current insurance policies in place. The reserve for professional and general liability risks was estimated based on historical
claims, demographic factors, industry trends, severity factors, and other actuarial assumptions. The estimated accrual for
professional and general liabilities could be significantly affected should current and future occurrences differ from historical claim
trends and expectations. While claims are monitored closely when estimating professional and general liability accruals, the
complexity of the claims and wide range of potential outcomes often hampers timely adjustments to the assumptions used in these
estimates. The professional and general liability reserve was $87.8 million at December 31, 2021, of which $11.9 million was
included in other accrued liabilities and $75.9 million was included in other long-term liabilities. The professional and general
liability reserve was $77.5 million at December 31, 2020, of which $9.7 million was included in other accrued liabilities and
$67.8 million was included in other long-term liabilities. The Company estimates receivables for the portion of professional and
general liability reserves that are recoverable under the Company’s insurance policies. Such receivable was $37.9 million at
F-11
December 31, 2021, of which $10.8 million was included in other current assets and $27.1 million was included in other assets, and
such receivable was $27.2 million at December 31, 2020, of which $6.8 million was included in other current assets and
$20.4 million was included in other assets.
The Company’s statutory workers’ compensation program is fully insured with a $0.5 million deductible per accident. The
workers’ compensation liability was $23.6 million at December 31, 2021, of which $12.0 million was included in accrued salaries
and benefits and $11.6 million was included in other long-term liabilities, and such liability was $23.0 million at December 31,
2020, of which $12.0 million was included in accrued salaries and benefits and $11.0 million was included in other long-term
liabilities. The reserve for workers compensation claims was based upon independent actuarial estimates of future amounts that will
be paid to claimants. Management believes that adequate provisions have been made for workers’ compensation and professional
and general liability risk exposures.
Property and Equipment and Other Long-Lived Assets
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful
lives of the assets, which typically range from 10 to 50 years for buildings and improvements, three to seven years for equipment
and the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful lives for leasehold improvements. When assets are sold or retired, the
corresponding cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the related accounts and any gain or loss is recorded in the
period of sale or retirement. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation expense was $106.7 million,
$95.3 million and $87.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The carrying values of long-lived assets are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events, circumstances or operating
results indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If this review indicates that the asset will not be
recoverable, as determined based upon the undiscounted cash flows of the operating asset over the remaining useful life, the
carrying value of the asset will be reduced to its estimated fair value. Fair value estimates are based on independent appraisals,
market values of comparable assets or internal evaluations of future net cash flows. During the second quarter of 2021, the
Company opened a 260-bed replacement facility in Pennsylvania and recorded a non-cash property impairment charge of $23.2
million for the existing facility. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2021, the Company recorded a $1.1 million non-cash
property impairment charge for one facility in Louisiana resulting from hurricane damage.
The Company performed an impairment review of long-lived assets in the fourth quarter of 2021 and recorded no impairment.
The impairment review of long-lived assets in the fourth quarters of 2020 and 2019, indicated the carrying amounts of certain of the
Company’s long-lived assets in facilities in the U.S. (the “U.S. Facilities”) may not be recoverable. This created a non-cash
impairment of $4.2 million and $27.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These items were
recorded in loss on impairment on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
The Company’s goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, which consist of licenses and accreditations, trade
names and certificates of need intangible assets that are not amortized, are evaluated for impairment annually during the fourth
quarter or more frequently if events indicate the carrying value of a reporting unit may not be recoverable.
Subsequent to the U.K. Sale, as of the Company’s annual impairment test on October 1, 2021, the Company had one
reporting unit, behavioral health services. The fair value of our behavioral health services reporting unit substantially exceeded its
carrying value, and therefore no impairment was recorded. Additionally, during the second quarter of 2021, the Company sold one
outpatient facility for $4.3 million and recorded a write down of $1.8 million of goodwill and $0.2 million of intangible assets
related to the disposition. During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company sold one outpatient facility for $1.5 million and recorded
a write down of $0.7 million of goodwill and $0.1 million of intangibles related to the disposition.
As of the Company’s annual impairment test on October 1, 2020, the Company had two operating segments for segment
reporting purposes, U.S. Facilities and facilities in the U.K. (the “U.K. Facilities”), each of which represented a reporting unit for
purposes of the Company’s goodwill impairment test.
The Company’s annual goodwill impairment and other indefinite-lived intangible assets test performed as of October 1,
2020 considered recent financial performance, including the impacts of COVID-19 on certain portions of the U.K. business. The
2020 impairment test of the U.K. Facilities indicated carrying value of the reporting unit exceeded the estimated fair value and
resulted in a non-cash loss on impairment of the remaining goodwill of the U.K. Facilities of $356.2 million. The non-cash loss on
impairment is included in loss on sale within discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations. As of the
Company’s impairment test on October 1, 2020, the fair value of the U.S. Facilities reporting unit substantially exceeded its
carrying value, and therefore no impairment was recorded. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company
recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $0.6 million related to indefinite-lived assets related to closed facilities in the U.S., which
is included in loss on impairment in the consolidated statements of operations.
F-12
Other Current Assets
Other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
Prepaid expenses
Assets held for sale
Workers’ compensation deposits – current portion
Insurance receivable – current portion
Other receivables
Inventory
Income taxes receivable
Cost report receivable
Other
Other current assets
Other Accrued Liabilities
Other accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
Unearned income
Accrued expenses
Accrued interest
Government relief funds
Insurance liability – current portion
Accrued property taxes
Cost report payable
Income taxes payable
Finance lease liabilities
Other
Other accrued liabilities
December 31,
2021
2020
22,292 $
15,808
12,000
10,807
10,786
4,786
1,523
—
1,884
79,886 $
19,480
—
12,000
6,792
10,025
4,851
897
5,818
1,469
61,332
December 31,
2021
2020
30,371 $
26,791
17,418
12,718
11,923
8,375
6,487
5,540
990
5,886
126,499 $
35,946
28,452
40,479
5,495
9,700
6,763
—
16,345
32,188
3,085
178,453
$
$
$
$
Stock Compensation
The Company measures and recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments
based on the grant-date fair value in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) Accounting
Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718, “ Compensation—Stock Compensation .” The Company uses the Black-Scholes valuation
model to determine grant-date fair value for stock options and recognizes straight-line amortization of share-based compensation
expense over the requisite service period of the respective awards. The fair values of restricted stock units are determined based on
the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the trading date immediately prior to the grant date for units subject to
performance conditions, or at their Monte-Carlo simulation value for units subject to market conditions.
Earnings Per Share
Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share,” based on the
weighted-average number of shares outstanding in each period and dilutive stock options and non-vested shares, to the extent such
securities have a dilutive effect on earnings per share.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes
reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The amount of deferred
taxes on these temporary differences is determined using the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is
realized or the liability is settled, as applicable, based on tax rates and laws in the respective tax jurisdiction enacted as of the
balance sheet date.
F-13
The Company reviews its deferred tax assets for recoverability and establishes a valuation allowance based on historical
taxable income, projected future taxable income, applicable tax strategies, and the expected timing of the reversals of existing
temporary differences. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized.
The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be
taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax
expense.
The Company has accruals for taxes and associated interest that may become payable in future years as a result of audits by
tax authorities. The Company accrues for tax contingencies when it is more likely than not that a liability to a taxing authority has
been incurred and the amount of the contingency can be reasonably estimated. Although Management believes that the positions
taken on previously filed tax returns are reasonable, the Company nevertheless have established tax and interest reserves in
recognition that various taxing authorities may challenge the positions taken by the Company resulting in additional liabilities for
taxes and interest. These amounts are reviewed as circumstances warrant and adjusted as events occur that affect the Company’s
potential liability for additional taxes, such as lapsing of applicable statutes of limitations, conclusion of tax audits, additional
exposure based on current calculations, identification of new issues, release of administrative guidance, or rendering of a court
decision affecting a particular tax issue.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2021, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2021-10, “Government Assistance (Topic 832)”
(“ASU 2021-10”). ASU 2021-10 provides guidance to increase the transparency of government assistance including the disclosure
of (1) the types of assistance, (2) an entity’s accounting for the assistance, and (3) the effect of the assistance on an entity’s financial
statements. ASU 2021-10 applies to all business entities except for not-for-profit entities within the scope of Topic 958, Not-for-
Profit Entities, and employee benefit plans within the scope of Topic 960, Plan Accounting— Defined Benefit Pension Plans, Topic
962, Plan Accounting—Defined Contribution Pension Plans, and Topic 965, Plan Accounting—Health and Welfare Benefit Plans
that account for a transaction with a government by applying a grant or contribution accounting model by analogy to other
accounting guidance (for example, a grant model within IAS 20, Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government
Assistance, or Subtopic 958-605, Not-For-Profit Entities—Revenue Recognition). ASU 2021-10 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2021-10
on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In March 2020, the SEC adopted final rules that amend Rule 3-10 and Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X to reduce and simplify the
financial disclosure requirements applicable to guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities, as well as for affiliates whose
securities collateralize a registrant’s securities. The new rules are effective January 4, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The
Company early adopted the new rules during the second quarter of 2020.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference
Rate Reform on Financial Reporting” (“ASU 2020-04”). ASU 2020-04 provides optional guidance for a limited period of time to
ease the potential burden in accounting for or recognizing the effects of reference rate reform on financial reporting and applies only
to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be
discontinued because of reference rate reform. ASU 2020-04 is effective as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. Entities
may adopt ASU 2020-04 as of any date from the beginning of an interim period that includes or is subsequent to March 12, 2020 or
prospectively from a date within an interim period that includes or is subsequent to March 12, 2020, up to the date that the financial
statements are available to be issued. Management is evaluating the impact of ASU 2020-04 on the Company’s consolidated
financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-
40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract”
(“ASU 2018-15”). ASU 2018-15 requires a customer in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract to follow the
internal-use software guidance in ASC 350-402 to determine which implementation costs to capitalize as assets. ASU 2018-15 is
effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted.
The Company adopted ASU 2018-15 on January 1, 2020. There is no significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial
statements.
In August 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-12, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting
for Hedging Activities” (“ASU 2017-12”). ASU 2017-12 amends the hedge accounting model to enable entities to better portray the
economics of their risk management activities in the financial statements and simplifies the application of hedge accounting in
certain situations. ASU 2017-12 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15,
F-14
2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2017-12 on January 1, 2019. There is no significant impact on the
Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit
Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 replaces the current incurred loss impairment methodology with
a new methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable
information to inform credit loss estimates. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years,
beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020. There is
no significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
3. U.K. Sale
On January 19, 2021, the Company completed the U.K. Sale pursuant to a Share Purchase Agreement in which it sold all of
the securities of AHC-WW Jersey Limited, a private limited liability company incorporated in Jersey and a subsidiary of the
Company, which constituted the entirety of the Company’s U.K. operations. The U.K. Sale resulted in approximately
$1,525 million of gross proceeds before deducting the settlement of existing foreign currency hedging liabilities of $85 million
based on the current British Pounds (“GBP”) to U.S. Dollars (“USD”) exchange rate, cash retained by the buyer and transaction
costs. The Company used the net proceeds of approximately $1,425 million (excluding cash retained by the buyer) along with cash
on the balance sheet to reduce debt by $1,640 million during the first quarter of 2021 as described in Note 11 – Long-Term Debt.
As a result of the U.K. Sale, the Company reported, for all periods presented, results of operations and cash flows of the U.K.
operations as discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements. In December 2020, the Company’s U.K. operations
met the criteria to be classified as assets held for sale. The carrying value of the U.K. operations was written down to fair value less
costs to sell in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2020. This resulted in a loss on sale of $867.3 million, which
includes approximately $356.2 million of non-cash goodwill impairment, recorded within discontinued operations in the
consolidated statement of operations. During the first quarter of 2021, an additional $14.3 million was recorded as a loss on sale
primarily resulting from an increase in the U.K. operations carrying value.
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, results of operations of the U.K. operations were as follows (in
thousands):
$
Revenue
Salaries, wages and benefits
Professional fees
Supplies
Rents and leases
Other operating expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Interest expense, net
Loss on sale
Loss on impairment
Transaction-related expenses
Total expenses
(Loss) income from discontinued operations before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
$
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2021
62,520 $ 1,119,768 $ 1,099,081
35,937 632,134 609,823
6,815 127,291 122,532
37,527
38,285
2,217
2,509
46,743
47,748
6,682 113,534 115,897
76,121
74,935
(231 )
(417 )
13,490 867,324
—
27,169
20,239
—
6,265
5,907
8,719
73,925 1,929,792 1,041,488
57,593
(11,405 ) (810,024 )
781
2,366
56,812
(12,641 ) $ (812,390 ) $
—
10
1,236
F-15
The major classes of assets and liabilities for the U.K. operations as of December 31, 2020 are shown below (in thousands):
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Other current assets
Current assets of discontinued operations
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Other assets
Total assets of discontinued operations
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Other current liabilities
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
Operating lease liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Other liabilities
Total liabilities of discontinued operations
$
$
$
75,051
52,196
13,361
140,608
1,297,923
—
22,289
341,289
7,706
1,809,815
44,929
11,141
136,895
192,965
387,607
57,230
22,225
660,027
The consolidated cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 related to the discontinued U.K. operations
includes cash paid for capital expenditures of $48.4 million and $59.6 million, respectively.
4. Revenue
Revenue is primarily derived from services rendered to patients for inpatient psychiatric and substance abuse care, outpatient
psychiatric care and residential treatment. The services provided by the Company have no fixed duration and can be terminated by
the patient or the facility at any time, and therefore, each treatment is its own stand-alone contract.
Services ordered by a healthcare provider in an episode of care are not separately identifiable and therefore have been
combined into a single performance obligation for each contract. The Company recognizes revenue as its performance obligations
are completed. The performance obligation is satisfied over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits
of the healthcare services provided. For inpatient services, the Company recognizes revenue equally over the patient stay on a daily
basis. For outpatient services, the Company recognizes revenue equally over the number of treatments provided in a single episode
of care. Typically, patients and third-party payors are billed within several days of the service being performed or the patient being
discharged, and payments are due based on contract terms.
As the Company’s performance obligations relate to contracts with a duration of one year or less, the Company elected the
optional exemption in ASC 606-10-50-14(a). Therefore, the Company is not required to disclose the transaction price for the
remaining performance obligations at the end of the reporting period or when the Company expects to recognize the revenue. The
Company has minimal unsatisfied performance obligations at the end of the reporting period as the Company’s patients typically are
under no obligation to remain admitted in the Company’s facilities.
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, estimated implicit price concessions of $49.7 million and $62.1 million, respectively, had
been recorded as reductions to the Company’s accounts receivable balances to enable the Company to record its revenues and
accounts receivable at the estimated amounts the Company expected to collect. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not have a
significant impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by service type and by payor.
F-16
The Company’s facilities and services provided by the facilities can generally be classified into the following categories:
acute inpatient psychiatric facilities; specialty treatment facilities; and residential treatment centers.
Acute inpatient psychiatric facilities. Acute inpatient psychiatric facilities provide a high level of care in order to stabilize
patients that are either a threat to themselves or to others. The acute setting provides 24-hour observation, daily intervention and
monitoring by psychiatrists.
Specialty treatment facilities. Specialty treatment facilities include residential recovery facilities, eating disorder facilities and
comprehensive treatment centers. The Company provides a comprehensive continuum of care for adults with addictive disorders
and co-occurring mental disorders. Inpatient, including detoxification and rehabilitation, partial hospitalization and outpatient
treatment programs give patients access to the least restrictive level of care.
Residential treatment centers. Residential treatment centers treat patients with behavioral disorders in a non-hospital setting,
including outdoor programs. The facilities balance therapy activities with social, academic and other activities.
The table below presents total U.S. revenue attributed to each category (in thousands):
Acute inpatient psychiatric facilities
Specialty treatment facilities
Residential treatment centers
Other
Revenue
$
$
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2021
1,126,872 $
896,564
283,169
7,789
2,314,394 $
984,609 $
802,022
281,158
22,140
2,089,929 $
2019
912,097
788,232
286,959
21,093
2,008,381
The Company receives payments from the following sources for services rendered in its facilities: (i) state governments under
their respective Medicaid and other programs; (ii) commercial insurers; (iii) the federal government under the Medicare program
administered by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”); and (iv) individual patients and clients.
The Company determines the transaction price based on established billing rates reduced by contractual adjustments provided
to third-party payors, discounts provided to uninsured patients and implicit price concessions. Contractual adjustments and
discounts are based on contractual agreements, discount policies and historical experience. Implicit price concessions are based on
historical collection experience. Most of the Company’s facilities have contracts containing variable consideration. However, it is
unlikely a significant reversal of revenue will occur when the uncertainty is resolved, and therefore, the Company has included the
variable consideration in the estimated transaction price. Subsequent changes resulting from a patient’s ability to pay are recorded as
bad debt expense, which is included as a component of other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Bad
debt expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was not significant.
The Company derives a significant portion of its revenue from Medicare, Medicaid and other payors that receive discounts
from established billing rates. The Medicare and Medicaid regulations and various managed care contracts under which these
discounts must be estimated are complex, subject to interpretation and adjustment, and may include multiple reimbursement
mechanisms for different types of services provided in the Company’s facilities and cost settlement provisions. Management
estimates the transaction price on a payor-specific basis given its interpretation of the applicable regulations or contract terms. The
services authorized and provided and related reimbursement are often subject to interpretation that could result in payments that
differ from the Company’s estimates. Additionally, updated regulations and contract renegotiations occur frequently, necessitating
regular review and assessment of the estimation process by management.
Settlements under cost reimbursement agreements with third-party payors are estimated and recorded in the period in which
the related services are rendered and are adjusted in future periods as final settlements are determined. Final determination of
amounts earned under the Medicare and Medicaid programs often occurs in subsequent years because of audits by such programs,
rights of appeal and the application of numerous technical provisions. In the opinion of management, adequate provision has been
made for any adjustments and final settlements. However, there can be no assurance that any such adjustments and final settlements
will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. The Company’s cost report payables
were $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and were included in other current liabilities on the consolidated balance
sheet. The Company’s cost report receivables were $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and were included in other
current assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Management believes that these payables or receivables are properly stated and are
not likely to be settled for a significantly different amount. The net adjustments to estimated cost report settlements resulted in
decreases to revenue of $5.4 million, $1.3 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019,
respectively.
F-17
The Company provides care without charge to patients who are financially unable to pay for the healthcare services they
receive based on Company policies and federal and state poverty thresholds. Such amounts determined to qualify as charity care are
not reported as revenue. The cost of providing charity care services were $3.8 million, $4.4 million and $4.3 million for the years
ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The estimated cost of charity care services was determined using a ratio of
cost to gross charges determined from the Company’s most recently filed Medicare cost reports and applying that ratio to the gross
charges associated with providing charity care for the period.
The following table presents revenue by payor type and as a percentage of revenue in the Company’s U.S. Facilities for the
years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Commercial
Medicare
Medicaid
Self-Pay
Other
Revenue
%
%
Amount
$ 684,292
364,598
1,147,884
93,425
24,195
Amount
29.6 % $ 596,698
15.8 % 330,070
49.6 % 1,037,852
98,302
27,007
28.2 %
14.7 %
50.1 %
5.9 %
1.1 %
$ 2,314,394 100.0 % $ 2,089,929 100.0 % $ 2,008,381 100.0 %
Amount
28.5 % $ 565,350
15.8 % 294,691
49.7 % 1,007,102
4.7 % 118,716
22,522
1.3 %
4.0 %
1.0 %
%
Contract liabilities primarily consisted of unearned revenue from CMS’ Accelerated and Advance Payment Program. In April
2020, the Company received approximately $45 million from CMS’ Accelerated and Advance Payment Program for Medicare
providers. The Company repaid approximately $25 million of the $45 million of advance payments during 2021 via recoupment
from the Company’s new Medicare claims and will continue to repay the remaining balance throughout 2022. Contract liabilities of
$30.4 million are included in other accrued liabilities at December 31, 2021 on the consolidated balance sheet. Contract liabilities of
$35.9 million and $11.3 million are included in other accrued liabilities and other liabilities, respectively, at December 31, 2020 on
the consolidated balance sheet. A summary of the activity in contract liabilities is as follows (in thousands):
Balance at December 31, 2020
Payments received
Revenue recognized
Medicare advance repayments
Balance at December 31, 2021
$
$
47,196
11,739
(3,463 )
(25,101 )
30,371
F-18
5. Earnings Per Share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the years ended December 31,
2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
Numerator:
Income from continuing operations attributable to Acadia
Healthcare Company, Inc.
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss) attributable to Acadia Healthcare
Company, Inc.
Denominator:
Weighted average shares outstanding for basic
earnings per share
Effects of dilutive instruments
Shares used in computing diluted earnings per
common share
Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to Acadia
Healthcare Company, Inc. stockholders:
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
203,276 $
(12,641 )
140,258 $
(812,390 )
52,111
56,812
$
190,635 $
(672,132 ) $
108,923
88,769
2,024
87,875
720
87,612
204
90,793
88,595
87,816
Income from continuing operations attributable to Acadia
Healthcare Company, Inc.
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss) attributable to Acadia Healthcare
Company, Inc.
$
$
Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to Acadia
Healthcare Company, Inc. stockholders:
Income from continuing operations attributable to Acadia
Healthcare Company, Inc.
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss) attributable to Acadia Healthcare
Company, Inc.
$
$
2.29 $
(0.14 )
1.60 $
(9.25 )
2.15 $
(7.65 ) $
2.24 $
(0.14 )
1.58 $
(9.17 )
2.10 $
(7.59 ) $
0.59
0.65
1.24
0.59
0.65
1.24
Approximately 0.3 million, 1.9 million and 2.2 million shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock
options were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019,
respectively, because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.
6. Acquisitions
The Company’s strategy is to acquire and develop behavioral healthcare facilities and improve operating results within its
facilities and its other behavioral healthcare operations.
On December 31, 2021, the Company acquired the equity of CenterPointe Behavioral Health System, LLC and certain related
entities (“CenterPointe”) for cash consideration of approximately $139 million. The acquisition was funded through a combination
of cash on hand and a $70.0 million draw on the Revolving Facility. CenterPointe operates four acute inpatient hospitals with 306
beds and ten outpatient locations primarily in Missouri.
F-19
The preliminary fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the CenterPointe acquisition were as follows (in
thousands):
Cash
Accounts receivable, net
Other current assets
Property and equipment
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Total assets acquired
Accounts payable
Accrued salaries and benefits
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Other accrued liabilities
Operating lease liabilities
Total liabilities assumed
Net assets acquired
$
$
5,640
10,230
2,087
35,670
97,122
825
1,573
28,858
182,005
3,820
3,585
2,582
1,088
26,275
37,350
144,655
The fair values assigned to certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company have been estimated on a
preliminary basis and are subject to change as new facts and circumstances emerge that were present at the date of acquisition.
Specifically, the Company is further assessing the valuation of intangible assets and certain tax matters as well as certain receivables
and assumed liabilities of CenterPointe. The qualitative factors comprising the goodwill acquired in the CenterPointe acquisition
include the value of the business and efficiencies derived through synergies expected by the elimination of certain redundant
corporate functions and expenses, coordination of services provided across the combined network of facilities, achievement of
operating efficiencies by benchmarking performance and applying best practices.
On April 1, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of Bradford Recovery Center, a specialty treatment facility with 46
beds located in Millerton, Pennsylvania, for cash consideration of approximately $4.5 million.
On February 15, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of Whittier Pavilion, an inpatient psychiatric facility with 71
beds located in Haverhill, Massachusetts, for cash consideration of approximately $17.9 million. Also on February 15, 2019, the
Company completed the acquisition of Mission Treatment for cash consideration of approximately $22.5 million and a working
capital settlement. Mission Treatment operates nine comprehensive treatment centers in California, Nevada, Arizona and Oklahoma.
Goodwill
The following table summarizes changes in goodwill for the years 2020 and 2021 (in thousands):
Balance at January 1, 2020
Increase from contribution of redeemable noncontrolling interests
Adjustments related to 2019 acquisitions
Balance at December 31, 2020
Increase from acquisitions
2021 dispositions
Balance at December 31, 2021
$
$
2,085,104
20,200
(40 )
2,105,264
97,122
(2,449 )
2,199,937
F-20
Transaction-related expenses
Transaction-related expenses represent costs primarily related to termination, restructuring, strategic review, management
transition and other acquisition-related costs. Transaction-related expenses comprised the following costs for the years ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
Legal, accounting and other acquisition-related costs
Termination, restructuring and strategic review costs
Management transition costs
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2021
$
$
8,315 $
4,463
—
12,778 $
8,252
$
3,468
—
11,720 $
3,030
12,598
5,529
21,157
7. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
Land
Building and improvements
Equipment
Construction in progress
Less: accumulated depreciation
Property and equipment, net
December 31,
2021
2020
154,376 $
1,683,560
253,100
221,249
2,312,285
(541,126 )
1,771,159 $
144,221
1,490,149
220,690
217,479
2,072,539
(449,643 )
1,622,896
$
$
During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $24.3 million
and $4.2 million, respectively, related primarily to the closure of certain facilities. During the second quarter of 2021, the Company
opened a 260-bed replacement facility in Pennsylvania and recorded a non-cash property impairment charge of $23.2 million for the
existing facility. Additionally, during the third quarter 2021, the Company recorded a $1.1 million non-cash property impairment
charge for one facility in Louisiana resulting from hurricane damage. The non-cash impairment charges of $4.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 2020 related to the closure of certain facilities.
The Company has recorded assets held for sale within other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets for closed U.S.
properties actively marketed of $15.8 million and $17.1 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
8. Other Intangible Assets
Other identifiable intangible assets and related accumulated amortization consisted of the following at December 31, 2021 and
2020 (in thousands):
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
Non-compete agreements
Intangible assets not subject to amortization:
Licenses and accreditations
Trade names
Certificates of need
Total
Gross Carrying Amount
Accumulated Amortization
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
$
1,131 $
1,131 $
(1,131 ) $
(1,131 )
11,600
40,435
18,110
70,145
71,276 $
11,873
39,526
17,136
68,535
69,666 $
—
—
—
—
(1,131 ) $
—
—
—
—
(1,131 )
$
F-21
All the Company’s definite-lived intangible assets are fully amortized. The Company’s licenses and accreditations, trade
names and certificate of need intangible assets have indefinite lives and are, therefore, not subject to amortization.
During the second quarter of 2021, the Company sold one outpatient facility for $4.3 million and recorded a write down of
$1.8 million of goodwill and $0.2 million of intangible assets related to the disposition. During the fourth quarter of 2021, the
Company sold one outpatient facility for $1.5 million and recorded a write down of $0.7 million of goodwill and $0.1 million of
intangibles related to the disposition. These dispositions are reflected in other investing activities in the consolidated statement of
cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $0.6 million related to
indefinite-lived assets related to closed facilities in the U.S., which is included in loss on impairment in the consolidated statements
of operations.
9. Leases
The Company’s lease portfolio primarily consists of finance and operating real estate leases integral for facility
operations. The original terms of the leases typically range from five to 30 years with optional renewal periods. A minimal portion
of the Company’s lease portfolio consists of non-real estate leases, including copiers and equipment, which generally have lease
terms of one to three years and have insignificant lease obligations.
The Company also elected the accounting policy practical expedients by class of underlying asset in ASC 842 “Leases” to: (i)
combine associated lease and non-lease components into a single lease component; and (ii) exclude recording short-term leases as
right-of-use assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Non-lease components, which are not significant overall, are
combined with lease components.
Operating lease liabilities are recorded at the present value of remaining lease payments not yet paid for the lease term
discounted using the incremental borrowing rate associated with each lease. Operating lease right-of-use assets represent operating
lease liabilities adjusted for prepayments, accrued lease payments, lease incentives and initial direct costs. Certain of the Company’s
leases include renewal or termination options. Calculation of operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities include the initial
lease term unless it is reasonably certain a renewal or termination option will be exercised. Variable components of lease payments
fluctuating with a future index or rate, as well as those related to common area maintenance costs, are not included in determining
lease payments and are expensed as incurred. Most of the Company’s leases do not contain implicit borrowing rates, and therefore,
incremental borrowing rates were calculated based on information available at the lease commencement date. The Company
reviews service agreements for embedded leases and records right-of-use assets and liabilities as necessary.
Lease Position
The Company recorded the following at December 31, 2021 and 2020 on the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):
Right-of-Use Assets
Balance Sheet Classification
Finance lease right-of-use assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Total
Current:
Lease Liabilities
Balance Sheet Classification
December 31,
2021
$
8,627
133,761
$ 142,388
$
December 31,
2020
34,621
96,937
$ 131,558
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
Finance lease liabilities
Other accrued liabilities
$
990
$
32,188
Operating lease liabilities
Noncurrent:
Finance lease liabilities
Operating lease liabilities
Total
Current portion of operating lease
liabilities
Other liabilities
Operating lease liabilities
23,348
18,916
10,807
116,841
$ 151,986
10,744
84,029
$ 145,877
F-22
Weighted-average remaining lease terms and discount rates were as follows at December 31, 2021 and 2020:
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):
Finance
Operating
Weighted-average discount rate:
Finance
Operating
December 31,
2021
2020
22.9
9.1
5.1 %
5.1 %
Lease Costs
The Company recorded the following lease costs at December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
Finance lease costs:
Depreciation of leased assets
Interest of lease liabilities
Total finance lease costs
Operating lease costs
Variable lease costs
Short term lease costs
Other lease costs
Total rents and leases
Total lease costs
Other
December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
$
378
2,174
2,552
28,233
2,488
3,257
4,541
38,519
$
$
41,071
$
6.7
8.5
5.9 %
6.5 %
868
3,214
4,082
27,050
2,501
3,558
4,253
37,362
41,444
Undiscounted cash flows for finance and operating leases recorded on the consolidated balance sheet were as follows at
December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
Finance Leases
Operating Leases
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total minimum lease payments
Less: amount of lease payments representing interest
Present value of future minimum lease payments
Less: Current portion of lease liabilities
Noncurrent lease liabilities
$
$
990
990
1,007
1,089
1,089
22,911
28,076
16,279
11,797
990
10,807
$
$
29,973
26,471
23,110
19,730
14,500
68,427
182,211
42,022
140,189
23,348
116,841
F-23
Supplemental data for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (in thousands):
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease
liabilities:
Operating cash flows for operating leases
Operating cash flows for finance leases
Financing cash flows for finance leases
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
Operating leases
Finance leases
December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
$
$
$
27,508
2,174
31,136
$
$
$
26,810
3,214
551
63,279
—
$
$
21,285
—
10. The CARES Act
As part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), the U.S. government announced it
would offer $100 billion of relief to eligible healthcare providers. On April 24, 2020, then President Trump signed into law the
Paycheck Protection Program and Health Care Enhancement Act (the “PPP Act”). Among other things, the PPP Act allocates $75
billion to eligible healthcare providers to help offset COVID-19 related losses and expenses. The $75 billion allocated under the
PPP Act is in addition to the $100 billion allocated to healthcare providers for the same purposes in the CARES Act and has been
disbursed to providers under terms and conditions similar to the CARES Act funds. During the three months ended June 30, 2020,
the Company participated in certain relief programs offered through the CARES Act, including receipt of approximately $19.7
million relating to the initial portions of the Public Health and Social Services Emergency Fund (“PHSSE Fund”), also known as the
Provider Relief Fund, and approximately $45 million of payments from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services’ (“CMS”)
Accelerated and Advance Payment Program. In August 2020, the Company received approximately $12.8 million of additional
funds from the PHSSE Fund. The Company repaid approximately $25 million of the $45 million of advance payments during 2021
via recoupment from the Company’s new Medicare claims and will continue to repay the remaining balance throughout 2022. In
addition, the Company received a 2% increase in facilities’ Medicare reimbursement rate as a result of the temporary suspension of
Medicare sequestration from May 1, 2020, to December 31, 2021. In April 2021, the Company received $24.2 million of additional
funds from the PHSSE Fund. During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company recorded $17.9 million of income from provider relief
fund on the consolidated statement of operations related to PHSSE funds received in 2021. The remaining unrecognized funds of
$6.3 million are included in other accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2021.
During the second quarter of 2020, the Company recorded $18.1 million of income from provider relief fund in the
consolidated statement of operations related to $19.7 million received from the PHSSE Fund during the quarter. This was
subsequently reversed during the third quarter of 2020. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company recorded $32.8 million of
income from provider relief fund in the consolidated statement of operations related to $34.9 million of PHSSE funds received from
April through December 2020. The Company’s recognition of this income was based on revised guidance in the Consolidated
Appropriations Act, 2021 (“CAA”) enacted in December 2020. The Company continues to evaluate its compliance with the terms
and conditions to, and the financial impact of, funds received under the CARES Act and other government relief programs.
The CARES Act also provides for certain federal income and other tax changes, including an increase in the interest expense
tax deduction limitation and bonus depreciation of qualified improvement property. Furthermore, under the CARES Act, (i) for
taxable years beginning before 2021, net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and carrybacks may offset 100% of taxable income
and (ii) NOLs arising in 2018, 2019 and 2020 taxable years may be carried back to each of the preceding five years to generate a
refund. As a result, in 2019 and 2020 the Company received a benefit, in the form of refunds and lower future tax payments, of
$51.6 million, consisting of $22.8 million related to interest expense, $20.5 million related to qualified improvement property
legislation and an $8.3 million permanent benefit due to the loss being able to be carried back at a 35% tax rate to offset income in
tax years prior to 2018 (21% for tax years after 2017). The Company also received a cash benefit of approximately $39 million for
2020 relating to the delay of payment of the employer portion of Social Security payroll taxes, as enacted by the CARES Act. The
Company repaid half of the $39 million of payroll tax deferrals during the third quarter of 2021 and expects to repay the remaining
portion in the second half of 2022.
F-24
11. Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):
New Credit Facility:
Term Loan A
Revolving Line of Credit
Prior Credit Facility:
Senior Secured Term A Loan
Senior Secured Term B Loans
5.625% Senior Notes due 2023
6.500% Senior Notes due 2024
5.500% Senior Notes due 2028
5.000% Senior Notes due 2029
Other long-term debt
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs, discount and
premium
Less: current portion
Long-term debt
December 31,
2021
2020
$
417,031 $
170,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
450,000
475,000
—
311,733
872,870
650,000
390,000
450,000
475,000
3,625
(14,811 )
(30,802 )
1,497,220 3,122,426
(153,478 )
$ 1,478,626 $ 2,968,948
(18,594 )
New Credit Facility
The Company entered into a new senior credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”) on March 17, 2021. This New Credit
Facility provides for a $600.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) and a $425.0 million senior
secured term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility” and, together with the Revolving Facility, the “Senior Facilities”), each
maturing on March 17, 2026 unless extended in accordance with the terms of the New Credit Facility. The Revolving Facility
further provides for (i) up to $20.0 million to be utilized for the issuance of letters of credit and (ii) the availability of a swingline
facility under which the Company may borrow up to $20.0 million.
As a part of the closing of the New Credit Facility on March 17, 2021, the Company (i) refinanced and terminated the
Company’s prior credit facilities under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2012 (the “Prior
Credit Facility”) and (ii) financed the redemption of all of the Company’s outstanding 5.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “5.625%
Senior Notes”).
The Company had $426.9 million of availability under the Revolving Facility and had standby letters of credit outstanding of
$3.1 million related to security for the payment of claims required by its workers’ compensation insurance program at December 31,
2021.
During the third quarter of 2021, the Company repaid $60.0 million of the initial $160.0 million balance outstanding on the
Revolving Facility. During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company had a draw of $70.0 million on the Revolving Facility related to
the CenterPointe acquisition.
The New Credit Facility requires quarterly principal repayments for the Term Loan Facility of $2.7 million for March 31,
2022, $5.3 million for June 30, 2022 to March 31, 2024, $8.0 million for June 30, 2024 to March 31, 2025, $10.6 million for June
30, 2025 to December 31, 2025, with the remaining principal balance of the Term Loan Facility due on the maturity date of March
17, 2026.
The Company has the ability to increase the amount of the Senior Facilities, which may take the form of increases to the
Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or the issuance of one or more incremental term loan facilities (collectively, the
“Incremental Facilities”), upon obtaining additional commitments from new or existing lenders and the satisfaction of customary
conditions precedent for such Incremental Facilities. Such Incremental Facilities may not exceed the sum of (i) the greater of
$480.0 million and an amount equal to 100% of the Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the New Credit Facility) of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the New Credit Facility) (as determined for the four fiscal quarter period most recently
ended for which financial statements are available), and (ii) additional amounts so long as, after giving effect thereto, the
Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the New Credit Facility) does not exceed 3.5 to 1.0.
Subject to certain exceptions, substantially all of the Company’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or
indirect wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries are required to guarantee the repayment of the Company’s obligations under the New
Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Senior Facilities bear interest at a floating rate, which will initially be, at the Company’s
F-25
option, either (i) adjusted LIBOR plus 1.75% or (ii) an alternative base rate plus 0.75% (in each case, subject to adjustment based on
the Company’s consolidated total net leverage ratio). An unused fee initially set at 0.25% per annum (subject to adjustment based on
the Company’s consolidated total net leverage ratio) is payable quarterly in arrears based on the actual daily undrawn portion of the
commitments in respect of the Revolving Facility.
The New Credit Facility contains customary representations and affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on
the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt, grant or permit additional liens, make investments and
acquisitions, merge or consolidate with others, dispose of assets, pay dividends and distributions, pay junior indebtedness and enter
into affiliate transactions, in each case, subject to customary exceptions. In addition, the New Credit Facility contains financial
covenants requiring the Company on a consolidated basis to maintain, as of the last day of any consecutive four fiscal quarter
period, a consolidated total net leverage ratio of not more than 5.0 to 1.0 and an interest coverage ratio of at least 3.0 to 1.0. The
New Credit Facility also includes events of default customary for facilities of this type and upon the occurrence of such events of
default, among other things, all outstanding loans under the Senior Facilities may be accelerated and/or the lenders’ commitments
terminated. At December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with such covenants.
Prior Credit Facility
The Company entered into a senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”) on April 1, 2011. On
December 31, 2012, the Company entered into the Prior Credit Facility which amended and restated the Senior Secured Credit
Facility. The Company amended the Prior Credit Facility from time to time as described in the Company’s prior filings with the
SEC.
On February 6, 2019, the Company entered into the Eleventh Amendment (the “Eleventh Amendment”) to the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement. The Eleventh Amendment, among other things, amended the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” to
remove the cap on non-cash charges, losses and expenses related to the impairment of goodwill, which in turn provided increased
flexibility to the Company in terms of the Company’s financial covenants.
On February 27, 2019, the Company entered into the Twelfth Amendment (the “Twelfth Amendment”) to the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement. The Twelfth Amendment, among other things, modified certain definitions, including “Consolidated
EBITDA”, and increased the Company’s permitted Maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio, thereby providing increased flexibility
to the Company in terms of the Company’s financial covenants
On April 21, 2020, the Company entered into the Thirteenth Amendment (the “Thirteenth Amendment”) to the Prior Credit
Facility. The Thirteenth Amendment amended the Consolidated Leverage Ratio in the prior covenant to increase such leverage ratio
for the rest of 2020.
On November 13, 2020, the Company entered into the Fourth Repricing Facilities Amendment (the “Fourth Repricing
Facilities Amendment”) to the Prior Credit Facility. The Fourth Repricing Facilities Amendment extended the maturity date of each
of the prior revolving line of credit and the prior Term Loan A Facility (“TLA Facility”) from November 30, 2021 to November 30,
2022. The Fourth Repricing Facilities Amendment also (1) replaced the revolving line of credit in an aggregate committed amount
of $500.0 million with an aggregate committed amount of approximately $459.0 million and (2) replaced the TLA Facility
aggregate outstanding principal amount of approximately $352.4 million with an aggregate principal amount of approximately
$318.9 million. The interest rate margin applicable to both facilities remained unchanged from the prior facilities, and the
commitment fee applicable to the new revolving line of credit also remained unchanged from the prior revolving line of credit. In
connection with the Fourth Repricing Facilities Amendment, the Company recorded a debt extinguishment charge of $1.0 million,
including the write-off of discount and deferred financing costs, which was recorded in debt extinguishment costs in the
consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020.
On January 5, 2021, the Company made a voluntary payment of $105.0 million on the Term Loan B Facility Tranche B-4
(“Tranche B-4 Facility”). On January 19, 2021, the Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the U.K. Sale to repay the
outstanding balances of $311.7 million of the TLA Facility and $767.9 million of the Tranche B-4 Facility of the Prior Credit
Facility. At March 31, 2021, in connection with the termination of the Prior Credit Facility, the Company recorded a debt
extinguishment charge of $10.9 million, including the write-off of discount and deferred financing costs, which was recorded in
debt extinguishment costs in the consolidated statement of operations.
Senior Notes
5.500% Senior Notes due 2028
On June 24, 2020, the Company issued $450.0 million of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2028 (the “5.500% Senior Notes”). The
5.500% Senior Notes mature on July 1, 2028 and bear interest at a rate of 5.500% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on
January 1 and July 1 of each year, commencing on January 1, 2021.
F-26
5.000% Senior Notes due 2029
On October 14, 2020, the Company issued $475.0 million of 5.000% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “5.000% Senior Notes”).
The 5.000% Senior Notes mature on April 15, 2029 and bear interest at a rate of 5.000% per annum, payable semi-annually in
arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on April 15, 2021. The Company used the net proceeds of the 5.000%
Senior Notes to prepay approximately $453.3 million of the outstanding borrowings on the Company’s existing Term Loan B
Facility Tranche B-3 (“Tranche B-3 Facility”) and used the remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes and to pay
related fees and expenses in connection with the offering. In connection with the 5.000% Senior Notes, the Company recorded a
debt extinguishment charge of $2.9 million, including the write-off of discount and deferred financing costs of the Tranche B-3
Facility, which was recorded in debt extinguishment costs in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December
31, 2020.
The indentures governing the 5.500% Senior Notes and the 5.000% Senior Notes (together, the “Senior Notes”) contain
covenants that, among other things, limit the Company’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to: (i) pay dividends,
redeem stock or make other distributions or investments; (ii) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (iii) transfer or
sell assets; (iv) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (v) create restrictions on dividends or other payments by the restricted
subsidiaries; (vi) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of the Company’s assets; and (vii) create liens on assets.
The Senior Notes issued by the Company are guaranteed by each of the Company’s subsidiaries that guarantee the
Company’s obligations under the New Credit Facility. The guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several.
The Company may redeem the Senior Notes at its option, in whole or part, at the dates and amounts set forth in the
indentures.
5.625% Senior Notes due 2023
On February 11, 2015, the Company issued $375.0 million of 5.625% Senior Notes. On September 21, 2015, the Company
issued $275.0 million of additional 5.625% Senior Notes. The additional notes formed a single class of debt securities with the
5.625% Senior Notes issued in February 2015. Giving effect to this issuance, the Company had outstanding an aggregate of
$650.0 million of 5.625% Senior Notes. The 5.625% Senior Notes were to mature on February 15, 2023 and bear interest at a rate of
5.625% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. On March 17, 2021, the Company
redeemed the 5.625% Senior Notes.
6.500% Senior Notes due 2024
On February 16, 2016, the Company issued $390.0 million of 6.500% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “6.500% Senior Notes”).
The 6.500% Senior Notes were to mature on March 1, 2024 and bear interest at a rate of 6.500% per annum, payable semi-annually
in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning on September 1, 2016. On March 1, 2021, the Company redeemed
the 6.500% Senior Notes.
Redemption of 5.625% Senior Notes and 6.500% Senior Notes
On January 29, 2021, the Company issued conditional notices of full redemption providing for the redemption in full of $650
million of 5.625% Senior Notes and $390 million of 6.500% Senior Notes to the holders of such notes.
On March 1, 2021, the Company satisfied and discharged the indentures governing the 6.500% Senior Notes. In connection
with the redemption of the 6.500% Senior Notes, the Company recorded debt extinguishment costs of $10.5 million, including $6.3
million cash paid for breakage costs and the write-off of deferred financing costs of $4.2 million in the consolidated statement of
operations.
On March 17, 2021, the Company satisfied and discharged the indentures governing the 5.625% Senior Notes. In connection
with the redemption of the 5.625% Senior Notes, the Company recorded debt extinguishment costs of $3.3 million, including the
write-off of deferred financing and premiums costs in the consolidated statement of operations.
6.125% Senior Notes due 2021
On March 12, 2013, the Company issued $150.0 million of 6.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “6.125% Senior Notes”). The
6.125% Senior Notes were to mature on March 15, 2021 and bear interest at a rate of 6.125% per annum, payable semi-annually in
arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year. On June 24, 2020, the Company redeemed the 6.125% Senior Notes.
5.125% Senior Notes due 2022
On July 1, 2014, the Company issued $300.0 million of 5.125% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “5.125% Senior Notes”). The
5.125% Senior Notes were to mature on July 1, 2022 and bear interest at a rate of 5.125% per annum, payable semi-annually in
arrears on January 1 and July 1 of each year. On June 24, 2020, the Company redeemed the 5.125% Senior Notes.
F-27
Redemption of 6.125% Senior Notes and 5.125% Senior Notes
On June 10, 2020, the Company issued conditional notices of full redemption providing for the redemption in full of the
6.125% Senior Notes and 5.125% Senior Notes on July 10, 2020 (the “Redemption Date”), in each case at a redemption price equal
to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including the Redemption Date (the
“Redemption Price”). On June 24, 2020, the Company satisfied and discharged the indentures governing the 6.125% Senior Notes
and the 5.125% Senior Notes by irrevocably depositing with a trustee sufficient funds equal to the Redemption Price for the 6.125%
Senior Notes and the 5.125% Senior Notes and otherwise complying with the terms in the indentures relating to the satisfaction and
discharge of the 6.125% Senior Notes and the 5.125% Senior Notes. In connection with the redemption of the 6.125% Senior Notes
and the 5.125% Senior Notes, the Company recorded a debt extinguishment charge of $3.3 million, including the write-off of the
deferred financing and other costs in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Other long-term debt
During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company repaid other long-term debt of $3.3 million, which is reflected in
repayment of long-term debt within financing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows.
Debt Issuance Costs
Debt issuance costs are deferred and amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt. Debt issuance costs at
December 31, 2021 were $14.8 million, net of accumulated amortization of $2.4 million. Debt issuance costs at December 31, 2020
were $29.8 million, net of accumulated amortization of $56.0 million. Amortization expense related to debt issuance costs, which is
included in interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations, was $2.8 million, $9.8 million and $9.7 million,
respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Other
The aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2021 were as follows (in thousands):
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total
$
18,594
21,250
29,219
39,843
478,125
925,000
$ 1,512,031
12. Noncontrolling Interests
Noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements represents the portion of equity held by noncontrolling
partners in the Company’s non-wholly owned subsidiaries. At December 31, 2021, the Company operated six facilities through non-
wholly owned subsidiaries. The Company owns between approximately 60% and 86% of the equity interests of these entities and
noncontrolling partners own the remaining equity interests. The initial value of the noncontrolling interests is based on the fair value
of contributions. The Company consolidates the operations of each facility based on its status as primary beneficiary, as further
discussed in Note 13 – Variable Interest Entities. The noncontrolling interests are reflected as redeemable noncontrolling interests
on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets based on put rights that could require the Company to purchase the noncontrolling
interests upon the occurrence of a change in control.
F-28
The components of redeemable noncontrolling interests are as follows (in thousands):
Balance at January 1, 2020
Acquisition of redeemable noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
Balance at December 31, 2020
Acquisition of redeemable noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
Balance at December 31, 2021
$
$
33,151
20,147
2,933
(916 )
55,315
6,734
4,927
(1,588 )
65,388
13. Variable Interest Entities
For legal entities where the Company has a financial relationship, the Company evaluates whether it has a variable interest
and determines if the entity is considered a variable interest entity (“VIE”). If the Company concludes an entity is a VIE and the
Company is the primary beneficiary, the entity is consolidated. The primary beneficiary analysis is a qualitative analysis based on
power and benefits. A reporting entity has a controlling financial interest in a VIE and must consolidate the VIE if it has both power
and benefits. It must have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the
obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that potentially could be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE
that potentially could be significant to the VIE.
At December 31, 2021, the Company operated six facilities through non-wholly owned subsidiaries. The Company owns
between approximately 60% and 86% of the equity interests of these entities, and noncontrolling partners own the remaining equity
interests. The Company manages each of these facilities, is responsible for the day to day operations and, therefore, has the power to
direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or receive
benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. These activities include, but are not limited to, behavioral
healthcare services, human resource and employment-related decisions, marketing and finance. The terms of the agreements
governing each of the Company’s VIEs prohibit the Company from using the assets of each VIE to satisfy the obligations of other
entities. Consolidated assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 include total assets of variable interest entities of $320.6 million and
$261.7 million, respectively, which cannot be used to settle the obligations of other entities. Consolidated liabilities at December 31,
2021 and 2020 include total liabilities of variable interest entities of $24.1 million and $26.1 million, respectively.
The consolidated VIEs assets and liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets are shown below (in thousands):
December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
$
$
26,360 $
20,144
1,304
47,808
220,793
34,945
10,490
6,603
320,639 $
3,690 $
5,656
197
6,818
16,361
6,666
1,083
24,110 $
15,151
18,507
1,461
35,119
175,103
34,945
9,581
6,909
261,657
4,143
4,357
164
8,366
17,030
6,863
2,166
26,059
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Other current assets
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Total assets
Accounts payable
Accrued salaries and benefits
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Other accrued liabilities
Total current liabilities
Operating lease liabilities
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
F-29
14. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows (in thousands):
Change in
Fair
Value of
Derivative
Instruments
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
$ (504,528 ) $
69,895
Pension
Plan
Total
43,966 $
—
(1,815 ) $ (462,377 )
69,811
(84 )
—
(19,008 )
—
(19,008 )
—
(434,633 )
61,532
—
24,958
—
(3,310 )
(3,310 )
(5,209 ) (414,884 )
61,247
(285 )
—
(11,272 )
—
(11,272 )
—
(373,101 )
(4,293 )
—
13,686
—
—
377,394
— $
$
19
(13,705 )
— $
(6,456 )
(6,456 )
(11,950 ) (371,365 )
(4,260 )
33
—
19
11,917 375,606
—
— $
Balance at January 1, 2019
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)
Loss on derivative instruments, net of tax
of $(3.6) million
Pension liability adjustment, net of tax
of $(0.6) million
Balance at December 31, 2019
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)
Loss on derivative instruments, net of tax
of $(3.9) million
Pension liability adjustment, net of tax
of $(0.8) million
Balance at December 31, 2020
Foreign currency translation (loss) gain
Gain on derivative instruments, net of tax
of $0.1 million
U.K. Sale
Balance at December 31, 2021
15. Equity
Preferred Stock
The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock
may be issued. The board of directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix for each series the
voting powers (full, limited or none), and the designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights and
qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the stock and the number of shares constituting any series and the designations of this
series, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.
Common Stock
The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that up to 180,000,000 shares of common stock
may be issued. Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on
which stockholders may vote. There are no preemptive, conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to shares of
the Company’s common stock. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of the Company’s common stock are
entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution, subject to any prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then
outstanding. Delaware law prohibits the Company from paying any dividends unless it has capital surplus or net profits available for
this purpose. In addition, the New Credit Facility imposes restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay dividends.
16. Equity-Based Compensation
Equity Incentive Plans
The Company issues stock-based awards, including stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units, to certain
officers, employees and non-employee directors under the Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan (the
“Equity Incentive Plan”). At December 31, 2021, a maximum of 12,700,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were
authorized for issuance as stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units or other share-based compensation under the
Equity Incentive Plan, of which 4,481,404 were available for future grant. Stock options may be granted for terms of up to ten years.
The Company recognizes expense on all share-based awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the entire
F-30
award. Grants to employees generally vest in annual increments of 25% each year, commencing one year after the date of grant. The
exercise prices of stock options are equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the most recent trading date prior
to the date of grant.
The Company recognized $37.5 million, $22.5 million and $17.3 million in equity-based compensation expense for the years
ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Stock compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020
and 2019 is impacted by forfeiture adjustments and restricted stock unit adjustments based on actual performance compared to
vesting targets. At December 31, 2021, there was $39.8 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested options,
restricted stock and restricted stock units, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting period of
1.2 years.
At December 31, 2021, there were no warrants outstanding. The Company recognized a deferred income tax benefit of
$9.6 million, $5.5 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to equity-
based compensation expense.
Stock Options
Stock option activity during 2019, 2020 and 2021 was as follows (aggregate intrinsic value in thousands):
Options outstanding at January 1, 2019
Options granted
Options exercised
Options cancelled
Options outstanding at December 31, 2019
Options granted
Options exercised
Options cancelled
Options outstanding at December 31, 2020
Options granted
Options exercised
Options cancelled
Options outstanding at December 31, 2021
Options exercisable at December 31, 2020
Options exercisable at December 31, 2021
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
44.64
28.50
19.05
40.84
39.40
33.13
29.15
39.67
37.56
57.53
39.45
40.08
42.07
45.37
43.24
7.26 $
9.21
N/A
N/A
7.57
9.18
N/A
N/A
7.35
9.31
N/A
N/A
7.49 $
5.55 $
5.48 $
2,717
1,343
658
N/A
1,650
157
854
N/A
1,414
851
11,118
N/A
19,988
543
5,575
Number of
Options
1,199,540 $
605,200
(55,671 )
(389,001 )
1,360,068
507,600
(68,700 )
(288,662 )
1,510,306
324,320
(558,322 )
(170,235 )
1,106,069 $
596,606 $
324,409 $
Fair values are estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following table summarizes the grant-date fair
value of options and the assumptions used to develop the fair value estimates for options granted during the years ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
Weighted average grant-date fair value of options
Risk-free interest rate
Expected volatility
Expected life (in years)
2019
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$ 20.64 $ 12.37 $ 17.59
2.4 %
38 %
5.0
0.9 %
40 %
5.0
1.6 %
41 %
5.0
The Company’s estimate of expected volatility for stock options is based upon the volatility of its stock price over the
expected life of the award. The risk-free interest rate is the approximate yield on U. S. Treasury Strips having a life equal to the
expected option life on the date of grant. The expected life is an estimate of the number of years an option will be held before it is
exercised.
F-31
Other Stock-Based Awards
Restricted stock activity during 2019, 2020 and 2021 was as follows:
Unvested at January 1, 2019
Granted
Cancelled
Vested
Unvested at December 31, 2019
Granted
Cancelled
Vested
Unvested at December 31, 2020
Granted
Cancelled
Vested
Unvested at December 31, 2021
Restricted stock unit activity during 2019, 2020 and 2021 was as follows:
Unvested at January 1, 2019
Granted
Cancelled
Vested
Unvested at December 31, 2019
Granted
Performance adjustment
Cancelled
Vested
Unvested at December 31, 2020
Granted
Performance adjustment
Cancelled
Vested
Unvested at December 31, 2021
Number of
Shares
805,057 $
700,937
(389,684 )
(311,174 )
805,136 $
637,312
(129,683 )
(289,769 )
1,022,996 $
352,430
(82,751 )
(366,048 )
926,627 $
Number of
Units
484,111 $
234,408
(271,162 )
—
447,357 $
583,680
117,772
(63,056 )
(12,691 )
1,073,062 $
149,416
465,993
—
(184,051 )
1,504,420 $
Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
42.40
28.77
33.50
44.23
34.14
25.82
34.56
35.88
28.41
58.32
39.63
30.81
37.84
44.52
34.54
45.17
—
38.89
10.60
13.50
43.35
42.09
20.15
61.52
25.49
—
42.30
23.20
Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
Restricted stock awards are time-based vesting awards that vest over a period of three or four years and are subject to
continuing service of the employee or non-employee director over the ratable vesting periods. The fair values of the restricted stock
awards were determined based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the trading date immediately prior to the
grant date.
Restricted stock units are granted to employees and are subject to Company performance compared to pre-established targets
and Company performance compared to peers. In addition to Company performance, these performance-based restricted stock units
are subject to the continuing service of the employee during the two- or three-year period covered by the awards. The performance
condition for the restricted stock units is based on the Company’s achievement of annually established targets for diluted earnings
per share. Additionally, the number of shares issuable pursuant to restricted stock units granted during 2020 and 2019 are subject to
adjustment based on the Company’s three-year annualized total stockholder return relative to a peer group consisting of S&P 1500
companies within the Healthcare Providers & Services 6 digit GICS industry group and selected other companies deemed to be
peers. The number of shares issuable at the end of the applicable vesting period of restricted stock units ranges from 0% to 200% of
the targeted units based on the Company’s actual performance compared to the targets and, for 2020 and 2019 awards, performance
compared to peers.
F-32
The fair values of restricted stock units were determined based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the
trading date immediately prior to the grant date for units subject to performance conditions, or at its Monte-Carlo simulation value
for units subject to market conditions.
17. Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes consists of the following for the periods presented (in thousands):
Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total current
Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total deferred provision
Provision for income taxes
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2021
$
48,292 $
6,715
778
55,785
(18,215 ) $
4,981
732
(12,502 )
13,339
(1,892 )
325
11,772
67,557 $
46,442
564
6,102
53,108
40,606 $
$
18,954
3,440
1,602
23,996
(1,572 )
2,509
152
1,089
25,085
A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory rate to the effective tax rate is as follows for the periods presented:
U.S. federal statutory rate on income before income
taxes
Impact of foreign operations
Effects of statutory rate change
State income taxes, net of federal tax effect
Permanent differences
Change in valuation allowance
Unrecognized tax benefit release
Federal tax credits
Basis recognition related to foreign divestiture
CARES Act impacts to net operating losses
Other
Effective income tax rate
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2021
21.0 %
1.7
—
3.9
1.7
(2.8 )
(0.9 )
(0.8 )
—
—
0.7
24.5 %
21.0 %
(0.5 )
3.2
5.1
1.5
127.4
(0.4 )
(1.0 )
(129.9 )
(4.5 )
0.2
22.1 %
21.0 %
1.1
—
5.8
3.3
0.6
0.5
(2.2 )
—
—
1.9
32.0 %
For the year ended December 31, 2021, the provision for income taxes was $67.6 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of
24.5%, compared to $40.6 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 22.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in
the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily attributable to the Company’s recognition of a deferred
tax liability as a result of the Company’s previous permanent reinvestment assertion and non-recurring impacts of the U.S. and U.K.
tax legislation enacted in 2020.
The domestic and foreign components of income from continuing operations before income taxes for continuing operations
are as follows (in thousands):
Foreign
Domestic
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
$
$
5,596 $
270,164
275,760 $
9,904 $
173,893
183,797 $
6,070
72,325
78,395
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2021
F-33
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities of the
Company at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 were as follows (in thousands):
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating losses and tax credit
carryforwards – federal and state
Capital loss carryovers (a)
Bad debt allowance
Accrued compensation and severance
Insurance reserves
Leases
Accrued expenses
Interest carryforwards
Lease right-of-use liabilities
Other assets
Total gross deferred tax assets
Less: valuation allowance
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed asset basis difference
Prepaid items
Intangible assets
Lease right-of-use assets
Investment in foreign subsidiary
Total deferred tax liabilities
Total net deferred tax liability
December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
9,354 $
215,367
1,083
18,241
18,847
896
5,768
3,396
26,154
8,066
307,172
(217,325 )
89,847
(2,456 )
(2,882 )
(126,446 )
(24,660 )
(4,691 )
(161,135 )
(71,288 ) $
7,486
239,269
1,243
20,889
18,497
846
11,817
3,374
24,402
13,251
341,074
(241,225 )
99,849
(5,553 )
(2,960 )
(115,196 )
(22,948 )
—
(146,657 )
(46,808 )
(a) The presentation of the December 31, 2020 deferred tax liability attributable to the U.K. divestiture has been adjusted to
reflect the final outcome of the sale.
The Company established a deferred tax asset, during 2020, related to the Company’s investment in a foreign subsidiary in the
amount of $239.1 million, in anticipation of the Company’s divestiture of the U.K. business on January 19, 2021. The Company
concluded a full valuation allowance of this deferred tax asset was required as the Company expected the finalization of the
divestiture to result in a capital loss. In 2021, upon the closing of the transaction, the Company recorded adjustments to its previous
estimates of the capital loss, resulting in a tax benefit of $7.5 million to account for current year transactions and certain state
jurisdictions where the tax benefit from the U.K. loss is projected to be realized. The Company concluded that a full valuation
allowance on the remaining capital loss of $215.4 million was necessary due to the limitations in realizing the asset via offsetting
capital gains in the future.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company determined and asserts that the current and accumulated earnings from
foreign operations are no longer indefinitely reinvested, and a deferred tax liability was established on the current and accumulated
undistributed earnings of the Company’s continuing foreign operations within Puerto Rico in the amount of $4.6 million, resulting
in an income tax expense in the current year. This deferred tax liability was not recognized in prior years under the exception within
ASC 740-30-25-18 that limits the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for the excess of book basis over tax basis in an investment
in a subsidiary in instances when the Company is permanently reinvested.
The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to
be realized. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company carried a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets of
$217.3 million and $241.2 million, respectively. These amounts are primarily related to deferred tax assets related to the Company’s
capital loss carryforward resulting from the U.K. Sale and certain state net operating losses.
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had no federal net operating loss carryforwards. The foreign net operating
loss carryforwards at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are approximately $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, and have no
expiration.
F-34
The Company has state net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2021 and 2020 of approximately $227.3 million and
$170.0 million, respectively. The increase in net operating loss carryforwards from prior year results from states that do not
distinguish losses as either capital or ordinary in nature; therefore, the Company is able to deduct the loss on the sale of its U.K.
operations. These net operating loss carryforwards, if not used to offset future taxable income, will expire from 2022 to 2035. In
addition, the Company has certain state tax credits of $0.4 million which will begin to expire in 2030 if not utilized.
Income taxes receivable was $24.6 million and $0.9 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. At December 31,
2021, $23.1 million of income taxes receivable has been included in other assets due to anticipated delays in receipt of income tax
refunds associated with amended tax return filings. The remaining $1.5 million of income taxes receivable is included in other
current assets in the December 31, 2021 consolidated balance sheet. Income taxes payable of $5.5 million and $16.3 million at
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, was included in other accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The decrease
in the payable for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily attributable to tax payments in excess of accruals and the
income tax benefit derived from the Company's accelerated repayment of $18.5 million of CARES payroll tax deferrals taken on the
2020 U.S. jurisdictional filings.
The Company recorded income taxes payable related to unrecognized tax benefits of $0.0 million and $2.5 million at
December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. These amounts are inclusive of any interest and penalties, which is
included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of
unrecognized income tax benefits, exclusive of any interest and penalties, net of the federal benefit, is as follows (in thousands):
Balance at January 1
Additions based on tax positions related to the
current year
Reductions as a result of the lapse of applicable
statutes of limitations and settlements with tax authorities
Balance at December 31
2021
2020
$
2,060 $
2,441
—
—
$
(2,060 )
— $
(381 )
2,060
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the cumulative amounts of interest and penalties recognized were $0.0 million and
$0.5 million, respectively. Unrecognized tax benefits of $2.1 million would affect the effective rate if recognized during the current
year as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations and settlements with taxing authorities.
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in federal and in many state and local jurisdictions as well as foreign
jurisdictions. The Company may be subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) for calendar year 2018 through
2020. Additionally, any net operating losses that were generated in prior years and utilized in these years may also be subject to
examination by the IRS. While no other foreign jurisdictions are presently under examination, the Company may be subject to
examination for calendar years 2017 through 2020. Generally, for state tax purposes, the Company’s 2015 through 2020 tax years
remain open for examination by the tax authorities. At the date of this report there were no audits or inquires that had progressed
sufficiently to predict their ultimate outcome.
18. Derivatives
The Company entered into foreign currency forward contracts during the year ended December 31, 2020 in connection with
certain transfers of cash between the U.S. and U.K. under the Company’s cash management and foreign currency risk management
programs. Foreign currency forward contracts limit the economic risk of changes in the exchange rate between U.S. Dollars
(“USD”) and British Pounds (“GBP”) associated with cash transfers.
In August 2019, the Company also entered into multiple cross currency swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount
of $650.0 million to manage foreign currency risk by effectively converting a portion of its fixed-rate USD-denominated senior
notes, including the semi-annual interest payments thereunder, to fixed-rate GBP-denominated debt of £538.1 million. During the
term of the swap agreements, the Company received semi-annual interest payments in USD from the counterparties at fixed interest
rates, and the Company made semi-annual interest payments in GBP to the counterparties at fixed interest rates. The interest
payments under the cross-currency swap agreements resulted in £25.4 million of annual cash flows from the Company’s U.K.
business being converted to $35.8 million.
In conjunction with the U.K. Sale in January 2021, the Company settled its cross currency swap liability and outstanding
forward contracts. Cash paid for the settlement of the cross currency swap agreements and forward contracts outstanding at
December 31, 2020 are included in investing activities on the consolidated statement of cash flows.
F-35
The Company designated the cross currency swap agreements and forward contracts entered into during 2020 as qualifying
hedging instruments and accounted for these derivatives as net investment hedges. The fair value of these derivatives at December
31, 2020 of $84.6 million is recorded as derivative instrument liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. During 2019, the
Company elected the spot method for recording its net investment hedges. Gains and losses resulting from the settlement of the
excluded components were recorded in interest expense on the consolidated statement of operations. Gains and losses resulting from
fair value adjustments to the cross currency swap agreements were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss as the swaps
are effective in hedging the designated risk. These gains and losses were considered in the carrying value of the U.K. operations and
included in the loss on the U.K. Sale recorded in December 31, 2020 and January 2021. Prior to the U.K. Sale, cash flows related to
the cross currency swap derivatives are included in operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.
19. Fair Value Measurements
The carrying amounts reported for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable and
other current liabilities approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s New Credit Facility, Prior Credit Facility, 5.625% Senior Notes,
6.500% Senior Notes, 5.500% Senior Notes, 5.000% Senior Notes, other long-term debt and derivative instrument liabilities at
December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (in thousands):
New Credit Facility
Prior Credit Facility
5.625% Senior Notes due 2023
6.500% Senior Notes due 2024
5.500% Senior Notes due 2028
5.000% Senior Notes due 2029
Other long-term debt
Derivative instrument liabilities
Carrying Amount
December 31,
2021
2020
Fair Value
December 31,
2021
— $ 584,418 $
2020
— $ 1,175,437 $
— $ 646,344 $
— $ 385,636 $
—
$ 584,418 $
— $ 1,175,437
$
— $ 647,960
$
$
— $ 393,850
$ 443,894 $ 443,139 $ 466,577 $ 475,931
$ 468,907 $ 468,245 $ 481,802 $ 499,852
3,625
$
84,584
$
3,625 $
84,584 $
— $
— $
— $
— $
The Company’s New Credit Facility, Prior Credit Facility, 5.625% Senior Notes, 6.500% Senior Notes, 5.500% Senior Notes,
5.000% Senior Notes and other long-term debt were categorized as Level 2 in the GAAP fair value hierarchy. Fair values were
based on trading activity among the Company’s lenders and the average bid and ask price as determined using published rates.
The fair values of the derivative instrument liabilities were categorized as Level 2 in the GAAP fair value hierarchy and were
based on observable market inputs including applicable exchange rates and interest rates.
20. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company is, from time to time, subject to various claims, lawsuits, governmental investigations and regulatory actions,
including claims for damages for personal injuries, medical malpractice, overpayments, breach of contract, securities law violations,
tort and employment related claims. In these actions, plaintiffs request a variety of damages, including, in some instances, punitive
and other types of damages that may not be covered by insurance. In addition, healthcare companies are subject to numerous
investigations by various governmental agencies. Certain of the Company’s individual facilities have received, and from time to
time, other facilities may receive, subpoenas, civil investigative demands, audit requests and other inquiries from, and may be
subject to investigation by, federal and state agencies. These investigations can result in repayment obligations, and violations of the
False Claims Act can result in substantial monetary penalties and fines, the imposition of a corporate integrity agreement and
exclusion from participation in governmental health programs. In addition, the federal False Claims Act permits private parties to
bring qui tam, or “whistleblower,” suits against companies that submit false claims for payments to, or improperly retain
overpayments from, the government. Some states have adopted similar state whistleblower and false claims provisions.
On April 1, 2019, a consolidated complaint was filed against the Company and certain former and current officers in the
lawsuit styled St. Clair County Employees’ Retirement System v. Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc., et al., Case No. 3:19-cv-00988,
which is pending in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee. The complaint purports to be brought on
behalf of a class consisting of all persons (other than defendants) who purchased securities of the Company between April 30, 2014
and November 15, 2018, and alleges that defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
“Exchange Act”) and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. At this time, the Company is not able to quantify any potential liability in
connection with this litigation because the case is in its early stages.
F-36
On February 21, 2019, a purported stockholder filed a related derivative action on behalf of the Company against certain
former and current officers and directors in the lawsuit styled Davydov v. Joey A. Jacobs, et al., Case No. 3:19-cv-00167, which is
pending in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee. The complaint alleges claims for violations of
Section 10(b) and 14(a) of the Exchange Act, breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets, and unjust enrichment. On May
23, 2019, a purported stockholder filed a second related derivative action on behalf of the Company against certain former and
current officers and directors in the lawsuit styled Beard v. Jacobs, et al., Case No. 3:19-cv-0441, which is pending the United
States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee. The complaint alleges claims for violations of Sections 10(b), 14(a), and
21D of the Exchange Act, breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets, unjust enrichment, and insider selling. On June 11,
2019, the Davydov and Beard actions were consolidated. On February 16, 2021, the parties filed a stipulation staying the case. On
October 23, 2020, a purported stockholder filed a third related derivative action on behalf of the Company against former and
current officers and directors in the lawsuit styled Pfenning v. Jacobs, et al., Case No. 2020-0915-JRS, which is pending in the
Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. The complaint alleges claims for breach of fiduciary duty. On February 17, 2021, the
court entered an order staying the case. At this time, the Company is not able to quantify any potential liability in connection with
this litigation because the cases are in their early stages.
On April 25, 2018, plaintiff filed Pence v. Sober Living By the Sea, Inc. - 30-2018-00988742-CU-OE-CXC, Orange County
Superior Court (Pence I). On July 13, 2018, plaintiff next filed Pence v. Sober Living by the Sea, Inc.; Acadia Healthcare Company,
Inc. - 30-2018-01005317-CU-OE-CJC, Orange County Superior Court (Pence II). These cases have now been consolidated before
the same judge in the Complex Litigation Department of the Orange County Superior Court. The complaints allege various wage
and hour violations under California law on behalf of a putative class of all non-exempt California employees of Acadia and various
subsidiaries, going back to April 25, 2014, and on behalf of purportedly aggrieved non-exempt employees under California’s Private
Attorney General Act (“PAGA”). The claims include (1) failure to provide overtime wages; (2); failure to provide minimum wages;
(3) failure to provide meal periods; (4) failure to provide rest periods; (5); failure to pay wages due at termination; (6) failure to
provide accurate wage statements; (7) violations of California Business and Professions Code section 17200; and (8) civil penalties
under California Labor Code section 2699 (PAGA). During the second quarter of 2020, the Company recorded approximately $4.0
million to transaction-related expenses in the consolidated statement of operations based on the Company’s expected settlement and
legal fees. The court granted final approval of the settlement in September 2021, and the Company made the settlement payment in
October 2021.
In the fall of 2017, the Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) issued subpoenas to three of the Company’s facilities requesting
certain documents from January 2013 to the date of the subpoenas. The U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Middle District of Florida
issued a civil investigative demand to one of the Company’s facilities in December 2017 requesting certain documents from
November 2012 to the date of the demand. In April 2019, the OIG issued subpoenas relating to six additional facilities requesting
certain documents and information from January 2013 to the date of the subpoenas. The government’s investigation of each of these
facilities is focused on claims not eligible for payment because of alleged violations of certain regulatory requirements relating to,
among other things, medical necessity, admission eligibility, discharge decisions, length of stay and patient care issues. The
Company is cooperating with the government’s investigation but is not able to quantify any potential liability in connection with
these investigations.
21. Employee Benefit Plans
The Company maintains a qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan covering substantially all of its employees in the U.S.
The Company may, at its discretion, make contributions to the plan. The Company recorded expense of $2.8 million, $3.8 million
and $4.1 million related to the 401(k) plan for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
F-37
22. Financial Information Combined Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries
The Company conducts substantially all of its business through its subsidiaries. The 5.500% Senior Notes and the 5.000%
Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by all of the Company’s subsidiaries that guarantee
the Company’s obligations under the New Credit Facility. The 5.625% Senior Notes, the 6.500% Senior Notes, the 5.500% Senior
Notes and the 5.000% Senior Notes were all jointly and severally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by all of the Company’s
subsidiaries that guaranteed the Company’s obligations under the Prior Credit Facility. Summarized financial information presented
below is consistent with the consolidated financial statements of the Company, except transactions between combining entities have
been eliminated. Financial information for the combined non-guarantor entities has been excluded. Presented below is financial
information for the combined wholly-owned subsidiary guarantors at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for the year ended
December 31, 2021.
Summarized balance sheet information (in thousands):
Current assets
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Total noncurrent assets
Current liabilities
Long-term debt
Total noncurrent liabilities
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
Total equity
$
December 31,
2021
2020
$
422,113
1,525,569
2,086,978
3,893,087
385,044
1,460,046
1,752,271
—
2,177,885
654,735
1,421,875
1,992,305
3,640,809
626,419
2,786,125
3,045,981
—
623,144
Summarized operating results information (in thousands):
Revenue
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
Net income
Net income attributable to Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
For the Year Ended
December 31, 2021
$
2,132,637
246,473
184,785
184,785
F-38
Executive Officers and Board of Directors
Reeve B. Waud
Chairman;
Founder and Managing Partner,
Waud Capital Partners
Christopher H. Hunter
Chief Executive Officer and Director
David M. Duckworth
Chief Financial Officer
Christopher L. Howard
Executive Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary
John S. Hollinsworth
Executive Vice President of Operations
Laurence L. Harrod
Executive Vice President of Finance
Jason R. Bernhard
Director;
Managing Director, Lazard
E. Perot Bissell
Director;
Managing Partner, Egis Capital Partners, LLC
Corporate Information
Corporate Office
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
6100 Tower Circle, Suite 1000
Franklin, TN 37067
(615) 861-6000
www.acadiahealthcare.com
Registrar and Transfer Agent
Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.
51 Mercedes Way
Edgewood, NY 11717
(631) 254-7400
Independent Auditors
Ernst & Young LLP
Nashville, TN
Michael J. Fucci
Director;
Retired Executive Chairman of Deloitte U.S.
Vicky B. Gregg
Director;
Co-Founder and Partner, Guidon Partners
William F. Grieco
Director;
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer,
NX Development Corporation
Managing Director, Arcadia Strategies, LLC
Wade D. Miquelon
Director;
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director,
JOANN Inc.
Debra K. Osteen
Director;
Retired Chief Executive Officer,
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
William M. Petrie, M.D.
Director;
Professor of Clinical Psychiatry,
Director, Vanderbilt Senior Assessment Clinic,
Department of Psychiatry,
Vanderbilt University School of Medicine
Form 10-K/Investor Contact
A copy of the Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year
2021 filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission is available on the Company’s
website at www.acadiahealthcare.com. It
is also available (without exhibits) from the
Company at no charge. These requests and
other investor contacts should be directed to
Gretchen Hommrich, Vice President, Investor
Relations at the Company’s corporate office.
Annual Meeting
The annual meeting of stockholders will be
held on Thursday, May 19, 2022, at 9:00 a.m.
(CDT) at the Company’s corporate offices at
6100 Tower Circle, Suite 1000, Franklin, TN.
Acadia Healthcare Company, Inc.
6100 Tower Circle, Suite 1000
Franklin, Tennessee 37067
615.861.6000
www.acadiahealthcare.com